10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to

Commission file number: 001-38685

CHASERG TECHNOLOGY ACQUISITION CORP.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	83-0632724
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

7660 Fay Avenue, Suite H, Unit 339 La Jolla, CA	92037
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (619) 736-6855

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class	Trading Symbol(s)	Name of each exchange on which registered
Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share	CTAC	The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
Warrants to purchase one share of Class A Common Stock	CTACW	The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
Units, each consisting of each consisting of one share of Class A Common Stock and one-half of one Warrant	CTACU	The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  ☐ No  ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes  ☐ No  ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  ☒ No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes  ☒ No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer, “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer	☐	Accelerated filer	☒
Non-accelerated filer	☐	Smaller reporting company	☒
Emerging growth company	☒

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes  ☒ No  ☐

The aggregate market value of the common stock outstanding, other than shares held by persons who may be deemed affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the closing price for the common stock as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, as reported on the Nasdaq Capital Market, was approximately $220,880,000.

As of the close of business on March 4, 2020, there were 22,640,000 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share and 5,500,000 shares of the Company’s Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share of the registrant, issued and outstanding.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		PAGE
PART I		1
Item 1.	Business	1
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	14
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	36
Item 2.	Properties	36
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	36
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	36
PART II		37
Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	37
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	37
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	37
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	41
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	41
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	41
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	41
Item 9B.	Other Information	41
PART III		42
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	42
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	47
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	47
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	48
Item 14.	Principal Accounting Fees and Services	50
PART IV		51
Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	51
Item 16.	Form 10-K Summary	51

i

Unless otherwise stated in this annual report on Form 10-K, references to:

● we,” “us,” “company” or “our company” are to ChaSerg Technology Acquisition Corp.;

● “Cantor” are to Cantor Fitzgerald & Co., the representative of the underwriters in our initial public offering;

● “common stock” are to our Class A common stock and our Class B common stock, collectively;

● “public shares” are to shares of our Class A common stock sold as part of the units in our initial public offering (whether they are purchased in the initial public offering or thereafter in the open market);

● “public stockholders” are to the holders of our public shares, including our initial stockholders and management team to the extent our initial stockholders and/or members of our management team purchase public shares, provided that each initial stockholder’s and member of our management team’s status as a “public stockholder” shall only exist with respect to such public shares;

● “management” or our “management team” are to our offıcers and directors;

● “sponsor” are to ChaSerg Technology Sponsor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company which is an affiliate of our officers, directors and advisors;

● “initial stockholders” are to our sponsor and any other holders of our founder shares prior to our initial public offering (or their permitted transferees);

● “founder shares” are to shares of our Class B common stock initially purchased by our sponsor in a private placement prior to our initial public offering, and the shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the conversion thereof as provided herein;

● “warrants” are to our redeemable warrants, which includes the public warrants as well as the placement warrants to the extent they are no longer held by the initial purchasers of the placement units or their permitted transferees;

● “public warrants” are to our redeemable warrants sold as part of the units in our initial public offering (whether they are purchased in our initial public offering or thereafter in the open market) and to any placement warrants sold as part of the placement units or warrants issued upon conversion of working capital loans in each case that are sold to third parties that are not initial purchasers or executive officers or directors (or permitted transferees) following the consummation of our initial business combination;

● references to “private placement” refer to the private placement of 640,000 units purchased by our sponsor (530,000 units) and Cantor and its designees (110,000 units), which occurred simultaneously with the completion of our initial public offering  and over-allotment option at a purchase price of $10.00 per unit for a total purchase price of $6.4 million;

● “placement units” are to the units being purchased separately by our sponsor and Cantor and its designees and in the private placement, each placement unit consisting of one placement share and one-half of one placement warrant;

● “placement shares” are to the shares of our common stock included within the placement units being purchased separately by our sponsor and Cantor and its designees in the private placement; and

● “placement warrants” are to the warrants included within the placement units being purchased separately by our sponsor and Cantor and its designees in the private placement,

ii

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This report, including, without limitation, statements under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act. These forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, including the words “believes,” “estimates,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “may,” “will,” “potential,” “projects,” “predicts,” “continue,” or “should,” or, in each case, their negative or other variations or comparable terminology. There can be no assurance that actual results will not materially differ from expectations. Such statements include, but are not limited to, any statements relating to our ability to consummate any acquisition or other business combination and any other statements that are not statements of current or historical facts. These statements are based on management’s current expectations, but actual results may differ materially due to various factors, including, but not limited to:

● our ability to complete our initial business combination with Grid Dynamics (as defined below) or any other initial business combination

● our success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, our officers, key employees or directors following our initial business combination;

● our officers and directors allocating their time to other businesses and potentially having conflicts of interest with our business or in approving our initial business combination, as a result of which they would then receive expense reimbursements;

● our potential ability to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination;

● our pool of prospective target businesses;

● failure to maintain the listing on, or the delisting of our securities from, NASDAQ or an inability to have our securities listed on NASDAQ or another national securities exchange following our initial business combination;

● the ability of our officers and directors to generate a number of potential investment opportunities;

● our public securities’ potential liquidity and trading;

● the lack of a market for our securities;

● the use of proceeds not held in the trust account or available to us from interest income on the trust account balance; or

● our financial performance.

The forward-looking statements contained in this report are based on our current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on us. Future developments affecting us may not be those that we have anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) and other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those factors described under the heading “Risk Factors.” Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of our assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws. These risks and others described under “Risk Factors” may not be exhaustive.

By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that may or may not occur in the future. We caution you that forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and that our actual results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and developments in the industry in which we operate may differ materially from those made in or suggested by the forward-looking statements contained in this report. In addition, even if our results or operations, financial condition and liquidity, and developments in the industry in which we operate are consistent with the forward-looking statements contained in this report, those results or developments may not be indicative of results or developments in subsequent periods.

iii

PART I

Item 1. Business

Our Company

We are an early stage blank check company formed as a Delaware corporation for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses, which we refer to throughout this report as our initial business combination. While our efforts to identify a target business may span many industries and regions around the world, we intend to focus our search for prospects within the technology industry.

On November 13, 2019, we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) to effect a business combination by and among (i) our company (ii) CS Merger Sub 1 Inc., a California corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of our company (“Merger Sub 1”), (iii) CS Merger Sub 2 LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a wholly owned subsidiary of our company (“Merger Sub 2”), (iv) Grid Dynamics International, Inc., a California corporation (“Grid Dynamics”), and (v) Automated Systems Holdings Limited (“ASL”), a company incorporated in Bermuda with limited liability, solely in its capacity as representative of the stockholders of Grid Dynamics immediately prior to the consummation of the business combination.

Grid Dynamics is an emerging leader in driving enterprise-level digital transformation in Fortune 1000 companies. Since its inception in 2006 in Menlo Park, California, as a grid and cloud consultancy firm, Grid Dynamics has been on the forefront of digital transformation, working on big ideas like cloud computing, NOSQL, DevOps, microservices, big data and artificial intelligence (“AI”), and quickly established itself as a provider of choice for technology and digital enterprise companies.

Upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, (i) Grid Dynamics will become our wholly-owned subsidiary; and (ii) we will change our name to “Grid Dynamics Holding, Inc.” and (iii) the selling security holders (other than the selling security holders who have properly demanded appraisal rights in accordance with the California law, in connection with the transactions described in the Merger Agreement) will be entitled to receive the merger consideration set forth in the Merger Agreement (the “Business Combination”).

Consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement is subject to customary conditions representations, warranties and covenants in the Merger Agreement, including, among others, covenants with respect to the conduct of the business of our company and Grid Dynamics during the period between execution of the Merger Agreement and the consummation of the Business Combination.

The Merger Agreement and related agreements are further described in the Form 8-K filed by the Company on November 13, 2019. For additional information regarding Grid Dynamics, the Merger Agreement and the Business Combination, see the Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed by the Company on February 10, 2020.

Other than as specifically discussed, this report does not assume the closing of the Business Combination.

Our Mission

Our goal is to consummate an initial business combination with a high-performing technology company valued between $500 million and $1 billion. By leveraging our management’s track record, extensive industry experience, and a deep personal network we bring substantial and symbiotic benefits to an acquired company.

The benefits we offer to a target company encompass but are not limited to the following:

Expertise in building successful companies: Our management team has significant experience leading private and public technology companies. They have thrived in not only identifying disruptive innovations but also expanding their global presence and improving product market fit, while recruiting and mentoring talent.

Creating top-notch boards: Our Chief Executive Officer, President, Directors and advisors have served on more than 80 public and private boards, both within and outside the technology sector. They have managed acquisitions, improved global growth, and navigated complicated governance challenges while on these boards.

Understanding and leveraging the benefits of being a public company: As a public company, we can offer numerous benefits to stakeholders. These include, but are not limited to, (i) more liquid equity, which can be leveraged for growth and accretive acquisitions, (ii) greater visibility and branding among customers, (iii) enhanced access to debt and equity capital markets, and (iv) more tangible incentives for employee stock compensation, which are critical for technology companies.

1

We may need to obtain additional financing either to complete our initial business combination or because we become obligated to redeem a significant number of our public shares upon completion of our initial business combination. We intend to acquire a company with an enterprise value significantly above the net proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the placement units. Depending on the size of the transaction or the number of public shares we become obligated to redeem, we may potentially utilize several additional financing sources, including but not limited to the issuance of additional securities to the sellers of a target business, debt issued to bank or other lenders or the owners of the target, a private placement to raise additional funds, or a combination of the foregoing. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the trust account. In addition, following our initial business combination, if cash on hand is insufficient to meet our obligations or our working capital needs, we may need to obtain additional financing.

Acquisition Criteria

We plan to continue to proactively and aggressively search for potential business combination candidates using our management team’s and advisors’ relationships with technology company executives, venture capitalists and private equity firms. We believe this direct sourcing method will allow us to identify actionable business combination opportunities efficiently and effectively.

We have identified the following criteria that will serve as guidelines for evaluating acquisition opportunities, which we expect to apply during our search. All are indicators of compelling growth potential. The attributes we most strongly seek include the following:

● Industry. We focus on the technology industry, where we have deep and sustained knowledge. We believe our management team’s extensive experience in tech enables us to scout and evaluate a potential target quickly in order to secure favorable terms, as well as plan post-transaction operational improvements;

● Size. We focus on companies with valuations between $500 million and $1 billion. Such firms generally have proven business models, and offer long-term risk adjusted return potential;

● Market opportunity. We focus on investments in industry segments that have strong long-term growth prospects and significant overall size and potential;

● Growth over near-term profitability. We focus on investments in companies that possess sustainable competitive advantages and strong unit economics, while still promising substantial room for growth;

● Opportunity for operational improvement. We seek companies that are stable but would also benefit from the infusion of our management skills. This mentoring will drive improvements in the company’s processes, as well as its go-to-market and overall execution strategy;

● Strong management. We intend to seek companies with strong management teams already in place. We will spend significant time assessing a company’s leadership and human fabric, and maximizing its efficiency over time;

● May benefit from being public. We seek targets that can inherently benefit from a public listing. These include acquisition currency, greater visibility and branding among customers, enhanced access to debt and equity capital markets, and more tangible incentives for employee stock compensation;

● Maturity. We focus on companies that have adequate processes and could readily operate in the public markets with strong governance, controls and reporting in place;

● Appropriate valuations. We are a rigorous, criteria-based, disciplined, and valuation-centric investor. We are focused on acquiring a target on terms that we believe provide significant upside potential with limited risk.

These criteria are not intended to be exhaustive. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular initial business combination may be based, to the extent relevant, on these general guidelines as well as other considerations, factors and criteria that our management team may deem relevant. In the event that we decide to enter into our initial business combination with a target business that does not meet the above criteria and guidelines, we will disclose that the target business does not meet the above criteria in our stockholder communications related to our initial business combination, which, as discussed in this Report, would be in the form of proxy solicitation materials or tender offer documents that we would file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

2

Initial Business Combination

NASDAQ rules require that we must complete one or more business combinations having an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the value of the assets held in the trust account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the interest earned on the trust account) at the time of our signing a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination. Our board of directors will make the determination as to the fair market value of our initial business combination. If our board of directors is not able to independently determine the fair market value of our initial business combination, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. While we consider it unlikely that our board of directors will not be able to make an independent determination of the fair market value of our initial business combination, it may be unable to do so if it is less familiar or experienced with the business of a particular target or if there is a significant amount of uncertainty as to the value of a target’s assets or prospects.

We anticipate structuring our initial business combination either (i) in such a way so that the post-transaction company in which our public stockholders own shares will own or acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses, or (ii) in such a way so that the post-transaction company owns or acquires less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or stockholders, or for other reasons. However, we will only complete an initial business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our stockholders prior to the initial business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the initial business combination. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our stockholders immediately prior to our initial business combination could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be taken into account for purposes of NASDAQ’s 80% fair market value test. If the initial business combination involves more than one target business, the 80% fair market value test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the transactions and we will treat the target businesses together as the initial business combination for purposes of a tender offer or for seeking stockholder approval, as applicable.

Our Business Combination Process

In evaluating prospective business combinations, we have conducted, and expect to continue to conduct, a thorough due diligence review process that encompasses, among other things, a review of historical and projected financial and operating data, meetings with management and their advisors (if applicable), on-site inspection of facilities and assets, discussion with customers and suppliers, legal reviews and other reviews as we deem appropriate.

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions that our initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view.

Each of our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors were to be included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.

Each of our officers and directors presently has fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such opportunity to such entity. We believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will not materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue, and to the extent the director or officer is permitted to refer that opportunity to us without violating another legal obligation.

Our officers and directors have agreed not to participate in the formation of, or become an officer or director of any other special purpose acquisition company with a class of securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, until we have entered into a definitive agreement regarding our initial business combination or we have liquidated the trust account.

3

Our Management Team

Members of our management team are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters but they devote as much of their time as they, in the exercise of their respective business judgement, deem necessary to our affairs. The amount of time that any member of our management team devotes in any time period may vary based on whether a target business has been selected for our initial business combination and the current stage of the business combination process. We do not have an employment agreement with any member of our management team.

We believe our management team’s operating and transaction experience and relationships with companies provides us with a substantial number of potential business combination targets. Over the course of their careers, the members of our management team have developed a broad network of contacts and corporate relationships in the technology industry. This network has grown through the activities of our management team sourcing, acquiring and financing businesses, our management team’s relationships with sellers, financing sources and target management teams and the experience of our management team in executing transactions under varying economic and financial market conditions.

Initial Business Combination

NASDAQ rules require that we must complete one or more business combinations having an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the value of the assets held in the trust account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the interest earned on the trust account) at the time of our signing a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination. Our board of directors will make the determination as to the fair market value of our initial business combination. If our board of directors is not able to independently determine the fair market value of our initial business combination, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. While we consider it unlikely that our board of directors will not be able to make an independent determination of the fair market value of our initial business combination, it may be unable to do so if it is less familiar or experienced with the business of a particular target or if there is a significant amount of uncertainty as to the value of a target’s assets or prospects.

Status as a Public Company

We believe our structure makes us an attractive business combination partner to target businesses. As a public company, we offer a target business an alternative to the traditional initial public offering through a merger or other business combination with us. Following an initial business combination, we believe the target business would have greater access to capital and additional means of creating management incentives that are better aligned with stockholders’ interests than it would as a private company. A target business can further benefit by augmenting its profile among potential new customers and vendors and aid in attracting talented employees. In a business combination transaction with us, the owners of the target business may, for example, exchange their shares of stock in the target business for our shares of Class A common stock (or shares of a new holding company) or for a combination of our shares of Class A common stock and cash, allowing us to tailor the consideration to the specific needs of the sellers.

Although there are various costs and obligations associated with being a public company, we believe target businesses will find this method a more expeditious and cost effective method to becoming a public company than the typical initial public offering. The typical initial public offering process takes a significantly longer period of time than the typical business combination transaction process, and there are significant expenses in the initial public offering process, including underwriting discounts and commissions, marketing and road show efforts that may not be present to the same extent in connection with an initial business combination with us.

Furthermore, once a proposed initial business combination is completed, the target business will have effectively become public, whereas an initial public offering is always subject to the underwriters’ ability to complete the offering, as well as general market conditions, which could delay or prevent the offering from occurring or could have negative valuation consequences. Following an initial business combination, we believe the target business would then have greater access to capital and an additional means of providing management incentives consistent with stockholders’ interests and the ability to use its shares as currency for acquisitions. Being a public company can offer further benefits by augmenting a company’s profile among potential new customers and vendors and aid in attracting talented employees.

While we believe that our structure and our management team’s backgrounds makes us an attractive business partner, some potential target businesses may view our status as a blank check company, such as our lack of an operating history and our ability to seek stockholder approval of any proposed initial business combination, negatively.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile.

4

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of  (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our Class A common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30^th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.

Financial Position

With funds available for an initial business combination in the amount of $216,316,036 (as of December 31, 2019), after payment of $7,700,000 of deferred underwriting fees, in each case before fees and expenses associated with our initial business combination, we offer a target business a variety of options such as creating a liquidity event for its owners, providing capital for the potential growth and expansion of its operations or strengthening its balance sheet by reducing its debt or leverage ratio. Because we are able to complete our initial business combination using our cash, debt or equity securities, or a combination of the foregoing, we have the flexibility to use the most efficient combination that allows us to tailor the consideration to be paid to the target business to fit its needs and desires.

Effecting Our Initial Business Combination

We are not presently engaged in, and we will not engage in, any operations until the consummation of our initial business combination. We intend to effectuate our initial business combination using cash from the proceeds of our initial public offering and the private placement of the placement units, the proceeds of the sale of our shares in connection with our initial business combination (pursuant to backstop agreements we may enter into), shares issued to the owners of the target, debt issued to bank or other lenders or the owners of the target, or a combination of the foregoing. We may seek to complete our initial business combination with a company or business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth, which would subject us to the numerous risks inherent in such companies and businesses.

If our initial business combination is paid for using equity or debt securities, or not all of the funds released from the trust account are used for payment of the consideration in connection with our initial business combination or used for redemptions of our Class A common stock, we may apply the balance of the cash released to us from the trust account for general corporate purposes, including for maintenance or expansion of operations of the post-transaction company, the payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in completing our initial business combination, to fund the purchase of other companies or for working capital.

We may seek to raise additional funds through a private offering of debt or equity securities in connection with the completion of our initial business combination, and we may effectuate our initial business combination using the proceeds of such offering rather than using the amounts held in the trust account. In addition, we intend to target businesses larger than we could acquire with the net proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the placement units, and may as a result be required to seek additional financing to complete such proposed initial business combination. Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, we would expect to complete such financing only simultaneously with the completion of our initial business combination. In the case of an initial business combination funded with assets other than the trust account assets, our proxy materials or tender offer documents disclosing the initial business combination would disclose the terms of the financing and, only if required by law, we would seek stockholder approval of such financing. There are no prohibitions on our ability to raise funds privately, or through loans in connection with our initial business combination.

Sources of Target Businesses

Target business candidates are brought to our attention from various unaffiliated sources, including investment bankers and investment professionals. Target businesses are brought to our attention by such unaffiliated sources as a result of being solicited by us by calls or mailings. These sources also introduce us to target businesses in which they think we may be interested on an unsolicited basis, since many of these sources will have read our public filings and know what types of businesses we are targeting. Our officers and directors, as well as our sponsor and their affiliates, also bring to our attention target business candidates that they become aware of through their business contacts as a result of formal or informal inquiries or discussions they may have, as well as attending trade shows or conventions. In addition, we receive a number of proprietary deal flow opportunities that would not otherwise necessarily be available to us as a result of the business relationships of our officers and directors and our sponsor and their affiliates. We may engage professional firms or other individuals that specialize in business acquisitions in the future, in which event we may pay a finder’s fee, consulting fee, advisory fee or other compensation to be determined in an arm’s length negotiation based on the terms of the transaction. We will engage a finder only to the extent our management determines that the use of a finder may bring opportunities to us that may not otherwise be available to us or if finders approach us on an unsolicited basis with a potential transaction that our management determines is in our best interest to pursue. Payment of finder’s fees is customarily tied to completion of a transaction, in which case any such fee will be paid out of the funds held in the trust account. In no event, however, will our sponsor or any of our existing officers or directors be paid any finder’s fee, reimbursement, consulting fee, monies in respect of any payment of a loan or other compensation by the company prior to, or in connection with any services rendered for any services they render in order to effectuate, the completion of our initial business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is). None of our sponsor, executive officers or directors, or any of their respective affiliates, will be allowed to receive any compensation, finder’s fees or consulting fees from a prospective business combination target in connection with a contemplated initial business combination. We pay an affiliate of our sponsor a total of  $15,000 per month for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support and reimburse our sponsor and our officers, directors and advisors for any out-of-pocket expenses related to identifying, investigating and completing an initial business combination. Some of our officers and directors may enter into employment or consulting agreements with the post-transaction company following our initial business combination. The presence or absence of any such fees or arrangements will not be used as a criterion in our selection process of an initial business combination candidate.

5

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a target that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors or making the initial business combination through a joint venture or other form of shared ownership with our sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a target that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, would obtain an opinion from independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions that such an initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. We are not required to obtain such an opinion in any other context.

If any of our officers or directors becomes aware of an initial business combination opportunity that falls within the line of business of any entity to which he or she has pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she may be required to present such business combination opportunity to such entity prior to presenting such business combination opportunity to us. Our officers and directors currently have certain relevant fiduciary duties or contractual obligations that may take priority over their duties to us.

Selection of a Target Business and Structuring of our Initial Business Combination

NASDAQ rules require that we must complete one or more business combinations having an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the value of the assets held in the trust account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the interest earned on the trust account) at the time of our signing a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination. The fair market value of our initial business combination will be determined by our board of directors based upon one or more standards generally accepted by the financial community, such as discounted cash flow valuation, a valuation based on trading multiples of comparable public businesses or a valuation based on the financial metrics of transactions of comparable businesses. If our board of directors is not able to independently determine the fair market value of our initial business combination, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. While we consider it unlikely that our board of directors will not be able to make an independent determination of the fair market value of our initial business combination, it may be unable to do so if it is less familiar or experienced with the business of a particular target or if there is a significant amount of uncertainty as to the value of a target’s assets or prospects. We do not intend to purchase multiple businesses in unrelated industries in conjunction with our initial business combination. Subject to this requirement, our management has virtually unrestricted flexibility in selecting one or more prospective target businesses, although we will not be permitted to effectuate our initial business combination with another blank check company or a similar company with nominal operations.

In any case, we will only complete an initial business combination in which we own or acquire 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquire a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. If we own or acquire less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses, the portion of such business or businesses that are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company is what will be taken into account for purposes of NASDAQ’s 80% fair market value test.

To the extent we effect our initial business combination with a company or business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in such company or business. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all significant risk factors.

In evaluating a prospective business target, we have conducted, and will continue to conduct, a thorough due diligence review, which encompasses, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and employees, document reviews, interviews of customers and suppliers, inspection of facilities, as well as a review of financial and other information that will be made available to us.

The time required to select and evaluate a target business and to structure and complete our initial business combination, and the costs associated with this process, are not currently ascertainable with any degree of certainty. Any costs incurred with respect to the identification and evaluation of a prospective target business with which our initial business combination is not ultimately completed will result in our incurring losses and will reduce the funds we can use to complete another business combination.

6

Lack of Business Diversification

For an indefinite period of time after the completion of our initial business combination, the prospects for our success may depend entirely on the future performance of a single business. Unlike other entities that have the resources to complete business combinations with multiple entities in one or several industries, it is probable that we will not have the resources to diversify our operations and mitigate the risks of being in a single line of business. In addition, we intend to focus our search for an initial business combination in a single industry. By completing our initial business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may:

● subject us to negative economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact on the particular industry in which we operate after our initial business combination, and

● cause us to depend on the marketing and sale of a single product or limited number of products or services.

Limited Ability to Evaluate the Target’s Management Team

Although we closely scrutinize the management of a prospective target business when evaluating the desirability of effecting our initial business combination with that business, our assessment of the target business’ management may not prove to be correct. In addition, the future management may not have the necessary skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company. Furthermore, the future role of members of our management team, if any, in the target business cannot presently be stated with any certainty. The determination as to whether any of the members of our management team will remain with the combined company will be made at the time of our initial business combination. While it is possible that one or more of our directors will remain associated in some capacity with us following our initial business combination, it is unlikely that any of them will devote their full efforts to our affairs subsequent to our initial business combination. Moreover, we cannot assure you that members of our management team will have significant experience or knowledge relating to the operations of the particular target business.

We cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain in senior management or advisory positions with the combined company. The determination as to whether any of our key personnel will remain with the combined company will be made at the time of our initial business combination.

Following an initial business combination, we may seek to recruit additional managers to supplement the incumbent management of the target business. We cannot assure you that we will have the ability to recruit additional managers, or that additional managers will have the requisite skills, knowledge or experience necessary to enhance the incumbent management.

Stockholders May Not Have the Ability to Approve Our Initial Business Combination

We may conduct redemptions without a stockholder vote pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC. However, we will seek stockholder approval if it is required by law or applicable stock exchange rule, or we may decide to seek stockholder approval for business or other legal reasons. Presented in the table below is a graphic explanation of the types of initial business combinations we may consider and whether stockholder approval is currently required under Delaware law for each such transaction.

Type of Transaction	Whether Stockholder Approval is Required
Purchase of assets	No
Purchase of stock of target not involving a merger with the company	No
Merger of target into a subsidiary of the company	No
Merger of the company with a target	Yes

Under NASDAQ’s listing rules, stockholder approval would be required for our initial business combination if, for example:

● we issue shares of Class A common stock that will be equal to or in excess of 20% of the number of shares of our Class A common stock then outstanding;

● any of our directors, officers or substantial stockholders (as defined by NASDAQ rules) has a 5% or greater interest (or such persons collectively have a 10% or greater interest), directly or indirectly, in the target business or assets to be acquired or otherwise and the present or potential issuance of common stock could result in an increase in outstanding common shares or voting power of 5% or more; or

● the issuance or potential issuance of common stock will result in our undergoing a change of control.

7

Permitted Purchases of our Securities

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our sponsor, initial stockholders, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase shares or public warrants in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination. There is no limit on the number of shares our initial stockholders, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase in such transactions, subject to compliance with applicable law and NASDAQ rules. However, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. If they engage in such transactions, they will not make any such purchases when they are in possession of any material nonpublic information not disclosed to the seller or if such purchases are prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act. We do not currently anticipate that such purchases, if any, would constitute a tender offer subject to the tender offer rules under the Exchange Act or a going-private transaction subject to the going-private rules under the Exchange Act; however, if the purchasers determine at the time of any such purchases that the purchases are subject to such rules, the purchasers will comply with such rules. Any such purchases will be reported pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent such purchasers are subject to such reporting requirements. None of the funds held in the trust account will be used to purchase shares or public warrants in such transactions prior to completion of our initial business combination.

The purpose of any such purchases of shares could be to vote such shares in favor of the initial business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining stockholder approval of the initial business combination or to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our initial business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. The purpose of any such purchases of public warrants could be to reduce the number of public warrants outstanding or to vote such warrants on any matters submitted to the warrantholders for approval in connection with our initial business combination. Any such purchases of our securities may result in the completion of our initial business combination that may not otherwise have been possible. In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our shares of Class A common stock or warrants may be reduced and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, which may make it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

Our sponsor, officers, directors and/or their affiliates anticipate that they may identify the stockholders with whom our sponsor, officers, directors or their affiliates may pursue privately negotiated purchases by either the stockholders contacting us directly or by our receipt of redemption requests submitted by stockholders following our mailing of proxy materials in connection with our initial business combination. To the extent that our sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or their affiliates enter into a private purchase, they would identify and contact only potential selling stockholders who have expressed their election to redeem their shares for a pro rata share of the trust account or vote against our initial business combination, whether or not such stockholder has already submitted a proxy with respect to our initial business combination. Our sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or their affiliates will only purchase shares if such purchases comply with Regulation M under the Exchange Act and the other federal securities laws.

Any purchases by our sponsor, officers, directors and/or their affiliates who are affiliated purchasers under Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act will only be made to the extent such purchases are able to be made in compliance with Rule 10b-18, which is a safe harbor from liability for manipulation under Section 9(a)(2) and Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act. Rule 10b-18 has certain technical requirements that must be complied with in order for the safe harbor to be available to the purchaser. Our sponsor, officers, directors and/or their affiliates will not make purchases of common stock if the purchases would violate Section 9(a)(2) or Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act. Any such purchases will be reported pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent such purchases are subject to such reporting requirements.

Redemption Rights for Public Stockholders upon Completion of our Initial Business Combination

We will provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their shares of Class A common stock upon the completion of our initial business combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the initial business combination including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our franchise and income taxes, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations described herein. The amount in the trust account as of December 31, 2019 is approximately $10.18 per public share. The per-share amount we will distribute to investors who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions we will pay to the underwriters. Our sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares and (along with Cantor and/or its designees) placement shares and any public shares held by them in connection with the completion of our initial business combination.

8

Manner of Conducting Redemptions

We will provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their shares of Class A common stock upon the completion of our initial business combination either (i) in connection with a stockholder meeting called to approve the initial business combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether we will seek stockholder approval of a proposed initial business combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would require us to seek stockholder approval under the law or stock exchange listing requirement. Under NASDAQ rules, asset acquisitions and stock purchases would not typically require stockholder approval while direct mergers with our company where we do not survive and any transactions where we issue more than 20% of our outstanding common stock or seek to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation would require stockholder approval. If we structure an initial business combination with a target company in a manner that requires stockholder approval, we will not have discretion as to whether to seek a stockholder vote to approve the proposed initial business combination. We may conduct redemptions without a stockholder vote pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC unless stockholder approval is required by law or stock exchange listing requirements or we choose to seek stockholder approval for business or other legal reasons. So long as we obtain and maintain a listing for our securities on NASDAQ, we are required to comply with such rules.

If a stockholder vote is not required and we do not decide to hold a stockholder vote for business or other legal reasons, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation:

● conduct the redemptions pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act, which regulate issuer tender offers, and

● file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies.

Upon the public announcement of our initial business combination, we or our sponsor will terminate any plan established in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 to purchase shares of our Class A common stock in the open market if we elect to redeem our public shares through a tender offer, to comply with Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act.

In the event we conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, our offer to redeem will remain open for at least 20 business days, in accordance with Rule 14e-1(a) under the Exchange Act, and we will not be permitted to complete our initial business combination until the expiration of the tender offer period. In addition, the tender offer will be conditioned on public stockholders not tendering more than a specified number of public shares which are not purchased by our sponsor, which number will be based on the requirement that we may not redeem public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 upon consummation of our initial business combination and after payment of underwriters’ fees and commissions (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules) or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial business combination. If public stockholders tender more shares than we have offered to purchase, we will withdraw the tender offer and not complete the initial business combination.

If, however, stockholder approval of the transaction is required by law or stock exchange listing requirement, or we decide to obtain stockholder approval for business or other legal reasons, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation:

● conduct the redemptions in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies, and not pursuant to the tender offer rules, and

● file proxy materials with the SEC.

In the event that we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, we will distribute proxy materials and, in connection therewith, provide our public stockholders with the redemption rights described above upon completion of the initial business combination.

If we seek stockholder approval, we will complete our initial business combination only if a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock voted are voted in favor of the initial business combination. A quorum for such meeting will consist of the holders present in person or by proxy of shares of outstanding capital stock of the company representing a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of capital stock of the company entitled to vote at such meeting. Our initial stockholders will count toward this quorum and pursuant to the letter agreement, our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed to vote their founder shares and placement shares and any public shares purchased (including in open market and privately negotiated transactions) in favor of our initial business combination. For purposes of seeking approval of the majority of our outstanding shares of common stock voted, non-votes will have no effect on the approval of our initial business combination once a quorum is obtained. As a result, in addition to our initial stockholders’ founder shares and placement shares, we would need only 7,930,001, or 36.0%, of the 22,000,000 public shares to be voted in favor of an initial business combination (assuming all outstanding shares are voted) in order to have our initial business combination approved. We intend to give approximately 30 days (but not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days) prior written notice of any such meeting, if required, at which a vote shall be taken to approve our initial business combination. These quorum and voting thresholds, and the voting agreements of our initial stockholders, may make it more likely that we will consummate our initial business combination. Each public stockholder may elect to redeem its public shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction.

9

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 upon consummation of our initial business combination and after payment of underwriters’ fees and commissions (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules) or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial business combination. For example, the proposed initial business combination may require: (i) cash consideration to be paid to the target or its owners, (ii) cash to be transferred to the target for working capital or other general corporate purposes or (iii) the retention of cash to satisfy other conditions in accordance with the terms of the proposed initial business combination. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all shares of Class A common stock that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed initial business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the initial business combination or redeem any shares, and all shares of Class A common stock submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof.

Limitation on Redemption upon Completion of our Initial Business Combination if we Seek Stockholder Approval

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking redemption rights with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in our initial public offering, which we refer to as the “Excess Shares.” Such restriction shall also be applicable to our affiliates. We believe this restriction will discourage stockholders from accumulating large blocks of shares, and subsequent attempts by such holders to use their ability to exercise their redemption rights against a proposed initial business combination as a means to force us or our management to purchase their shares at a significant premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. Absent this provision, a public stockholder holding more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in our initial public offering could threaten to exercise its redemption rights if such holder’s shares are not purchased by us or our management at a premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. By limiting our stockholders’ ability to redeem no more than 15% of the shares sold in our initial public offering without our prior consent, we believe we will limit the ability of a small group of stockholders to unreasonably attempt to block our ability to complete our initial business combination, particularly in connection with an initial business combination with a target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. However, we would not be restricting our stockholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our initial business combination.

Tendering Stock Certificates in Connection with Redemption Rights

We may require our public stockholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in “street name,” to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent up to two business days prior to the vote on the proposal to approve the initial business combination, or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using the Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System, at the holder’s option. The proxy materials that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our initial business combination will indicate whether we are requiring public stockholders to satisfy such delivery requirements. Accordingly, a public stockholder would have up to two days prior to the vote on the initial business combination to tender its shares if it wishes to seek to exercise its redemption rights. Given the relatively short exercise period, it is advisable for stockholders to use electronic delivery of their public shares.

There is a nominal cost associated with the above-referenced tendering process and the act of certificating the shares or delivering them through the DWAC System. The transfer agent will typically charge the tendering broker $80.00 and it would be up to the broker whether or not to pass this cost on to the redeeming holder. However, this fee would be incurred regardless of whether or not we require holders seeking to exercise redemption rights to tender their shares. The need to deliver shares is a requirement of exercising redemption rights regardless of the timing of when such delivery must be effectuated.

Any request to redeem such shares, once made, may be withdrawn at any time up to the date of the stockholder meeting. Furthermore, if a holder of a public share delivered its certificate in connection with an election of redemption rights and subsequently decides prior to the applicable date not to elect to exercise such rights, such holder may simply request that the transfer agent return the certificate (physically or electronically). It is anticipated that the funds to be distributed to holders of our public shares electing to redeem their shares will be distributed promptly after the completion of our initial business combination.

If our initial business combination is not approved or completed for any reason, then our public stockholders who elected to exercise their redemption rights would not be entitled to redeem their shares for the applicable pro rata share of the trust account. In such case, we will promptly return any certificates delivered by public holders who elected to redeem their shares.

If our Business Combination with Grid Dynamics is not completed, we may continue to try to complete an initial business combination with a different target by April 9, 2020.

10

Redemption of Public Shares and Liquidation if no Initial Business Combination

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we will have only until April 9, 2020 to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination by April 9, 2020, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our franchise and income taxes (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to our warrants, which will expire worthless if we fail to complete our initial business combination by April 9, 2020.

Our sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have waived their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any founder shares and (along with Cantor and/or its designees) private placement shares held by them if we fail to complete our initial business combination by April 9, 2020. However, if our sponsor, officers or directors acquire public shares, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to such public shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination by April 9, 2020.

Our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (i) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination by April 9, 2020 or (ii) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity, unless we provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their shares of Class A common stock upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our franchise and income taxes divided by the number of then outstanding public shares. However, we may not redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 upon consummation of our initial business combination and after payment of underwriters’ fees and commissions (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). If this optional redemption right is exercised with respect to an excessive number of public shares such that we cannot satisfy the net tangible asset requirement (described above), we would not proceed with the amendment or the related redemption of our public shares at such time.

We expect that all costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, as well as payments to any creditors, will be funded from amounts remaining out of the approximately $141,583 of proceeds held outside the trust account (as of December 31, 2019), although we cannot assure you that there will be sufficient funds for such purpose. We will depend on sufficient interest being earned on the proceeds held in the trust account to pay any franchise and income tax obligations we may owe. However, if those funds are not sufficient to cover the costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, to the extent that there is any interest accrued in the trust account not required to pay franchise and income taxes on interest income earned on the trust account balance, we may request the trustee to release to us an additional amount of up to $100,000 of such accrued interest to pay those costs and expenses.

If we were to expend all of the net proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the placement units, other than the proceeds deposited in the trust account, and without taking into account interest, if any, earned on the trust account, the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders upon our dissolution would be approximately $10.00. The proceeds deposited in the trust account could, however, become subject to the claims of our creditors which would have higher priority than the claims of our public stockholders. We cannot assure you that the actual per-share redemption amount received by stockholders will not be substantially less than $10.00. Under Section 281(b) of the DGCL, our plan of dissolution must provide for all claims against us to be paid in full or make provision for payments to be made in full, as applicable, if there are sufficient assets. These claims must be paid or provided for before we make any distribution of our remaining assets to our stockholders. While we intend to pay such amounts, if any, we cannot assure you that we will have funds sufficient to pay or provide for all creditors’ claims.

Although we have sought and will continue to seek to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public stockholders, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements or even if they execute such agreements that they would be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account including but not limited to fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain an advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the trust account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative. Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. WithumSmith+Brown, PC, our independent registered public accounting firm, and Cantor, the underwriters of the offering, will not execute agreements with us waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account.

11

In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason. Our sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have entered into a written letter of intent, confidentiality or similar agreement or business combination agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the trust account to below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account, if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, less taxes payable, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party or prospective target business who executed a waiver of any and all rights to the monies held in the trust account (whether or not such waiver is enforceable) nor will it apply to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of our initial public offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. However, we have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations, nor have we independently verified whether our sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and believe that our sponsor’s only assets are securities of our company. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. None of our officers or directors will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

In the event that the proceeds in the trust account are reduced below (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account, due to reductions in value of the trust assets, in each case net of the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, and our sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its indemnification obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment may choose not to do so if, for example, the cost of such legal action is deemed by the independent directors to be too high relative to the amount recoverable or if the independent directors determine that a favorable outcome is not likely. We have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations and we cannot assure you that our sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that due to claims of creditors the actual value of the per-share redemption price will not be less than $10.00 per public share.

We seek to reduce the possibility that our sponsor will have to indemnify the trust account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the trust account. Our sponsor will also not be liable as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of our initial public offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. We access to up to approximately $142,000 from the proceeds held outside the trust account (as of December 31, 2019) with which to pay any such potential claims (including costs and expenses incurred in connection with our liquidation, currently estimated to be no more than approximately $100,000). In the event that we liquidate and it is subsequently determined that the reserve for claims and liabilities is insufficient, stockholders who received funds from our trust account could be liable for claims made by creditors.

Under the DGCL, stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against a corporation to the extent of distributions received by them in a dissolution. The pro rata portion of our trust account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our initial business combination by April 9, 2020 may be considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law. Delaware law provides that if a corporation complies with certain procedures set forth in Section 280 of the DGCL intended to ensure that it makes reasonable provision for all claims against it, including a 60-day notice period during which any third-party claims can be brought against the corporation, a 90-day period during which the corporation may reject any claims brought, and an additional 150-day waiting period before any liquidating distributions are made to stockholders, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution.

Furthermore, if the pro rata portion of our trust account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our initial business combination by April 9, 2020, is not considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law and such redemption distribution is deemed to be unlawful (potentially due to the imposition of legal proceedings that a party may bring or due to other circumstances that are currently unknown), then pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, the statute of limitations for claims of creditors could then be six years after the unlawful redemption distribution, instead of three years, as in the case of a liquidating distribution. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination by April 9, 2020, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our franchise and income taxes (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. Accordingly, it is our intention to redeem our public shares as soon as reasonably possible by April 9, 2020 and, therefore, we do not intend to comply with those procedures. As such, our stockholders could potentially be liable for any claims to the extent of distributions received by them (but no more) and any liability of our stockholders may extend well beyond the third anniversary of such date.

12

Because we will not be complying with Section 280, Section 281(b) of the DGCL requires us to adopt a plan, based on facts known to us at such time that will provide for our payment of all existing and pending claims or claims that may be potentially brought against us within the subsequent 10 years. However, because we are a blank check company, rather than an operating company, and our operations are limited to searching for prospective target businesses to acquire, the only likely claims to arise would be from our vendors (such as lawyers, investment bankers, etc.) or prospective target businesses. As described above, pursuant to the obligation contained in our underwriting agreement, we have sought and will continue seek to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account. As a result of this obligation, the claims that could be made against us are significantly limited and the likelihood that any claim that would result in any liability extending to the trust account is remote. Further, our sponsor may be liable only to the extent necessary to ensure that the amounts in the trust account are not reduced below (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account, due to reductions in value of the trust assets, in each case net of the amount of interest withdrawn to pay taxes and will not be liable as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of our initial public offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. In the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims.

If we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our stockholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, we cannot assure you we will be able to return $10.00 per share to our public stockholders. Additionally, if we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by stockholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our stockholders. Furthermore, our board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, thereby exposing itself and our company to claims of punitive damages, by paying public stockholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons.

Our public stockholders will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account only upon the earlier to occur of: (i) the completion of our initial business combination, (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a stockholder vote to amend any provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination by April 9, 2020 or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity, and (iii) the redemption of all of our public shares if we are unable to complete our business combination by April 9, 2020, subject to applicable law. In no other circumstances will a stockholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the trust account. In the event we seek stockholder approval in connection with our initial business combination, a stockholder’s voting in connection with the initial business combination alone will not result in a stockholder’s redeeming its shares to us for an applicable pro rata share of the trust account. Such stockholder must have also exercised its redemption rights as described above. These provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, like all provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, may be amended with a stockholder vote.

Competition

In identifying, evaluating and selecting a target business for our initial business combination, we have encountered and will continue to encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including other blank check companies, private equity groups and leveraged buyout funds, and operating businesses seeking strategic business combinations. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Moreover, many of these competitors possess greater financial, technical, human and other resources than we do. Our ability to acquire larger target businesses is limited by our available financial resources. This inherent limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the initial business combination of a target business. Furthermore, our obligation to pay cash in connection with our public stockholders who exercise their redemption rights may reduce the resources available to us for our initial business combination and our outstanding warrants, and the future dilution they potentially represent, may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses. Either of these factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating an initial business combination.

13

Employees

We currently have two officers. These individuals are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters but they devote as much of their time as they deem necessary and intend to continue doing so, in the exercise of their respective business judgement, to our affairs until we have completed our initial business combination. The amount of time they will devote in any time period will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for our initial business combination and the stage of the initial business combination process we are in. We do not intend to have any full time employees prior to the completion of our initial business combination. We do not have an employment agreement with any member of our management team.

Periodic Reporting and Financial Information

Our units, Class A common stock and warrants are registered under the Exchange Act and have reporting obligations, including the requirement that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with the SEC. In accordance with the requirements of the Exchange Act, this report contains financial statements audited and reported on by our independent registered public accountants.

We will provide stockholders with audited financial statements of the prospective target business as part of the tender offer materials or proxy solicitation materials sent to stockholders to assist them in assessing the target business. In all likelihood, these financial statements will need to be prepared in accordance with, or reconciled to, GAAP, or IFRS, depending on the circumstances, and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential targets we may conduct an initial business combination with because some targets may be unable to provide such statements in time for us to disclose such statements in accordance with federal proxy rules and complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame. We cannot assure you that any particular target business identified by us as a potential business combination candidate will have financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP or that the potential target business will be able to prepare its financial statements in accordance with the requirements outlined above. To the extent that these requirements cannot be met, we may not be able to acquire the proposed target business. While this may limit the pool of potential business combination candidates, we do not believe that this limitation will be material.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we evaluate and report on our system of internal controls beginning with this Annual Report on Form 10-K. As long as we maintain our status as an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. The fact that we are a blank check company makes compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act particularly burdensome on us as compared to other companies because a target company with which we seek to complete our business combination may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of its internal controls. The development of the internal control of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such business combination.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of  (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of our initial public offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our shares of Class A common stock that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30^th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

Corporate Information

Our executive offices are located at 7660 Fay Avenue, Suite H, Unit 339, La Jolla, California 92037 and our telephone number at that location is (619)-736-6855.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

You should carefully consider all of the risk factors and all the other information contained in this report, including the financial statements. If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations may be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our securities could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment. The risk factors described below are not necessarily exhaustive and you are encouraged to perform your own investigation with respect to us and our business. For risk factors related to Grid Dynamics, see the Preliminary Proxy Statement on Schedule A filed by the Company on November 27, 2019, as amended and supplemented.

We are a company with no operating history and no revenues, and you have no basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective.

We are a company with no operating results. Because we lack an operating history, you have no basis upon which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective of completing our initial business combination with one or more target businesses. We may be unable to complete our initial business combination. If we fail to complete our initial business combination, we will never generate any operating revenues.

14

Our auditors have expressed substantial doubt as to our ability to continue as a going concern in their report.

In its report on our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019, our independent registered public accounting firm included an explanatory paragraph expressing substantial doubt regarding our ability to continue as a going concern. A “going concern” opinion means, in general, that our independent registered public accounting firm has substantial doubt about our ability to continue our operations unless we complete a business combination by April 9, 2020

The financial statements included in this report do not take into account the consequences of a failure to complete our initial business combination by April 9, 2020.

The financial statements included in this report have been prepared assuming that we would continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019, we are required to complete a business combination by April 9, 2020. The possibility of our initial business combination not being consummated raises some doubt as to our ability to continue as a going concern and the financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Our public stockholders may not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our proposed initial business combination, which means we may complete our initial business combination even though a majority of our public stockholders do not support such a combination.

We may choose not to hold a stockholder vote to approve our initial business combination unless the initial business combination would require stockholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements or if we decide to hold a stockholder vote for business or other legal reasons. Except as required by law, the decision as to whether we will seek stockholder approval of a proposed initial business combination or will allow stockholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors, such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek stockholder approval. Accordingly, we may complete our initial business combination even if holders of a majority of our public shares do not approve of the initial business combination we complete.

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, our initial stockholders have agreed to vote in favor of such initial business combination, regardless of how our public stockholders vote.

Pursuant to the letter agreement, our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed to vote their founder shares and placement shares, as well as any public shares purchased (including in open market and privately negotiated transactions), in favor of our initial business combination. As a result, in addition to our initial stockholders’ founder shares and placement shares, we would need only 7,930,001, or 36.0% of the 22,000,000 public shares sold in our initial public offering to be voted in favor of an initial business combination (assuming all outstanding shares are voted) in order to have our initial business combination approved. Our initial stockholders own shares representing approximately 21.8% of our outstanding shares of common stock. Accordingly, if we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, after approval of our board, the agreement by our initial stockholders to vote in favor of our initial business combination will increase the likelihood that we will receive the requisite stockholder approval for such initial business combination.

Your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination will be limited to the exercise of your right to redeem your shares from us for cash, unless we seek stockholder approval of the initial business combination.

At the time of your investment in us, you may not be provided with an opportunity to evaluate the specific merits or risks of our initial business combination. Since our board of directors may complete an initial business combination without seeking stockholder approval, public stockholders may not have the right or opportunity to vote on the initial business combination, unless we seek such stockholder vote. Accordingly, if we do not seek stockholder approval, your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination may be limited to exercising your redemption rights within the period of time (which will be at least 20 business days) set forth in our tender offer documents mailed to our public stockholders in which we describe our initial business combination.

The ability of our public stockholders to redeem their shares for cash may make our financial condition unattractive to potential business combination targets, which may make it difficult for us to enter into an initial business combination with a target.

We may seek to enter into an initial business combination agreement with a prospective target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. If too many public stockholders exercise their redemption rights, we would not be able to meet such closing condition and, as a result, would not be able to proceed with the initial business combination. Furthermore, in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 upon consummation of our initial business combination and after payment of underwriters’ fees and commissions (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules) or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial business combination. Consequently, if accepting all properly submitted redemption requests would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 upon consummation of our initial business combination and after payment of underwriters’ fees and commissions or such greater amount necessary to satisfy a closing condition as described above, we would not proceed with such redemption and the related business combination and may instead search for an alternate business combination. Prospective targets will be aware of these risks and, thus, may be reluctant to enter into an initial business combination with us.

15

The ability of our public stockholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares may not allow us to complete the most desirable business combination or optimize our capital structure.

At the time we enter into an agreement for our initial business combination, we will not know how many stockholders may exercise their redemption rights, and therefore will need to structure the transaction based on our expectations as to the number of shares that will be submitted for redemption. If our initial business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the trust account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, we will need to reserve a portion of the cash in the trust account to meet such requirements, or arrange for third party financing. In addition, if a larger number of shares are submitted for redemption than we initially expected, we may need to restructure the transaction to reserve a greater portion of the cash in the trust account or arrange for third party financing. Raising additional third party financing may involve dilutive equity issuances or the incurrence of indebtedness at higher than desirable levels. Furthermore, this dilution would increase to the extent that the anti-dilution provision of the Class B common stock result in the issuance of Class A shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion of the Class B common stock at the time of our business combination. The above considerations may limit our ability to complete the most desirable business combination available to us or optimize our capital structure. The amount of the deferred underwriting commissions payable to the underwriters will not be adjusted for any shares that are redeemed in connection with an initial business combination. The per-share amount we will distribute to stockholders who properly exercise their redemption rights will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commission and after such redemptions, the per-share value of shares held by non-redeeming stockholders will reflect our obligation to pay the deferred underwriting commissions.

The ability of our public stockholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares could increase the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful and that you would have to wait for liquidation in order to redeem your stock.

If our initial business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the trust account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful is increased. If our initial business combination is unsuccessful, you would not receive your pro rata portion of the trust account until we liquidate the trust account. If you are in need of immediate liquidity, you could attempt to sell your stock in the open market; however, at such time our stock may trade at a discount to the pro rata amount per share in the trust account. In either situation, you may suffer a material loss on your investment or lose the benefit of funds expected in connection with our redemption until we liquidate or you are able to sell your stock in the open market.

The requirement that we complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating an initial business combination and may decrease our ability to conduct due diligence on potential business combination targets as we approach our dissolution deadline, which could undermine our ability to complete our initial business combination on terms that would produce value for our stockholders.

Any potential target business with which we enter into negotiations concerning an initial business combination will be aware that we must complete our initial business combination by April 9, 2020. Consequently, such target business may obtain leverage over us in negotiating an initial business combination, knowing that if we do not complete our initial business combination with that particular target business, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination with any target business. This risk will increase as we get closer to the timeframe described above. In addition, we may have limited time to conduct due diligence and may enter into our initial business combination on terms that we would have rejected upon a more comprehensive investigation.

We may not be able to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame, in which case we would cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up and we would redeem our public shares and liquidate, in which case our public stockholders may only receive $10.00 per share, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, and our warrants will expire worthless.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we must complete our initial business combination by April 9, 2020. We may not be able to find a suitable target business and complete our initial business combination within such time period. If we have not completed our initial business combination within such time period, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our franchise and income taxes (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. In such case, our public stockholders may only receive $10.00 per share, and our warrants will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public stockholders may receive less than $10.00 per share on the redemption of their shares.

16

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates may elect to purchase shares or warrants from public stockholders, which may influence a vote on a proposed initial business combination and reduce the public “float” of our Class A common stock.

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase shares or public warrants or a combination thereof in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination, although they are under no obligation to do so. However, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. None of the funds in the trust account will be used to purchase shares or public warrants in such transactions.

Such a purchase may include a contractual acknowledgement that such stockholder, although still the record holder of our shares is no longer the beneficial owner thereof and therefore agrees not to exercise its redemption rights. In the event that our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public stockholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling stockholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. The purpose of such purchases could be to vote such shares in favor of the initial business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining stockholder approval of the initial business combination, or to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our initial business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. The purpose of any such purchases of public warrants could be to reduce the number of public warrants outstanding or to vote such warrants on any matters submitted to the warrant holders for approval in connection with our initial business combination. Any such purchases of our securities may result in the completion of our initial business combination that may not otherwise have been possible. Any such purchases will be reported pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent such purchasers are subject to such reporting requirements.

In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our Class A common stock or public warrants and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, possibly making it difficult to obtain or maintain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

If a stockholder fails to receive notice of our offer to redeem our public shares in connection with our initial business combination, or fails to comply with the procedures for tendering its shares, such shares may not be redeemed.

We will comply with the tender offer rules or proxy rules, as applicable, when conducting redemptions in connection with our initial business combination. Despite our compliance with these rules, if a stockholder fails to receive our tender offer or proxy materials, as applicable, such stockholder may not become aware of the opportunity to redeem its shares. In addition, proxy materials or tender offer documents, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our initial business combination will describe the various procedures that must be complied with in order to validly tender or redeem public shares. For example, we may require our public stockholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in “street name,” to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent prior to the date set forth in the tender offer documents mailed to such holders, or up to two business days prior to the vote on the proposal to approve the initial business combination in the event we distribute proxy materials, or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically. In the event that a stockholder fails to comply with these or any other procedures, its shares may not be redeemed.

You will not have any rights or interests in funds from the trust account, except under certain limited circumstances. To liquidate your investment, therefore, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

Our public stockholders will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account only upon the earliest to occur of: (i) our completion of an initial business combination, and then only in connection with those shares of Class A common stock that such stockholder properly elected to redeem, subject to the limitations described herein, (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly submitted in connection with a stockholder vote to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination by April 9, 2020 or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity and (iii) the redemption of our public shares if we are unable to complete an initial business combination by April 9, 2020, subject to applicable law and as further described herein. In no other circumstances will a public stockholder have any right or interest of any kind in the trust account. Holders of warrants will not have any right to the proceeds held in the trust account with respect to the warrants. Accordingly, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

17

NASDAQ may delist our securities from trading on its exchange, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

Our securities are currently listed on NASDAQ. We cannot assure you that our securities will continue to be, listed on NASDAQ in the future or prior to our initial business combination. In order to continue listing our securities on NASDAQ prior to our initial business combination, we must maintain certain financial, distribution and stock price levels. Generally, we must maintain a minimum amount in stockholders’ equity (generally $2,500,000) and a minimum number of holders of our securities (generally 300 public holders). Additionally, in connection with our initial business combination, we will be required to demonstrate compliance with NASDAQ’s initial listing requirements, which are more rigorous than NASDAQ’s continued listing requirements, in order to continue to maintain the listing of our securities on NASDAQ. For instance, our stock price would generally be required to be at least $4.00 per share, our stockholders’ equity would generally be required to be at least $5.0 million and we would be required to have a minimum of 300 round lot holders of our securities. We cannot assure you that we will be able to meet those initial listing requirements at that time.

If NASDAQ delists our securities from trading on its exchange and we are not able to list our securities on another national securities exchange, we expect our securities could be quoted on an over-the-counter market. If this were to occur, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

● a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;

● reduced liquidity for our securities;

● a determination that our Class A common stock is a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our Class A common stock to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our securities;

● a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and

● a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, which is a federal statute, prevents or preempts the states from regulating the sale of certain securities, which are referred to as “covered securities.” Because our units, Class A common stock and warrants are listed on NASDAQ, our units, Class A common stock and warrants are covered securities. Although the states are preempted from regulating the sale of our securities, the federal statute does allow the states to investigate companies if there is a suspicion of fraud, and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then the states can regulate or bar the sale of covered securities in a particular case. While we are not aware of a state having used these powers to prohibit or restrict the sale of securities issued by blank check companies, other than the State of Idaho, certain state securities regulators view blank check companies unfavorably and might use these powers, or threaten to use these powers, to hinder the sale of securities of blank check companies in their states. Further, if we were no longer listed on NASDAQ, our securities would not be covered securities and we would be subject to regulation in each state in which we offer our securities, including in connection with our initial business combination.

You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of many other blank check companies.

Since the net proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the placement units are intended to be used to complete an initial business combination with a target business that has not been identified, we may be deemed to be a “blank check” company under the United States securities laws. However, because we had net tangible assets in excess of  $5,000,000 upon the completion of our initial public offering and we filed a Current Report on Form 8-K, including an audited balance sheet demonstrating such fact, we are exempt from rules promulgated by the SEC to protect investors in blank check companies, such as Rule 419. Accordingly, investors are not afforded the benefits or protections of those rules. Among other things, this means that our securities were immediately tradable and we may have a longer period of time to complete our business combination than do companies subject to Rule 419, that rule would prohibit the release of any interest earned on funds held in the trust account to us unless and until the funds in the trust account were released to us in connection with our completion of an initial business combination

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, and if you or a “group” of stockholders are deemed to hold in excess of 15% of our Class A common stock, you will lose the ability to redeem all such shares in excess of 15% of our Class A common stock.

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking redemption rights with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in our initial public offering without our prior consent, which we refer to as the “Excess Shares.” However, we would not be restricting our stockholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our initial business combination. Your inability to redeem the Excess Shares will reduce your influence over our ability to complete our initial business combination and you could suffer a material loss on your investment in us if you sell Excess Shares in open market transactions. Additionally, you will not receive redemption distributions with respect to the Excess Shares if we complete our initial business combination. And as a result, you will continue to hold that number of shares exceeding 15% and, in order to dispose of such shares, would be required to sell your stock in open market transactions, potentially at a loss.

18

Because of our limited resources and the significant competition for business combination opportunities, it may be more difficult for us to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on our redemption of our public shares, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, and our warrants will expire worthless.

We encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including private investors (which may be individuals or investment partnerships), other blank check companies and other entities competing for the types of businesses we intend to acquire. Many of these individuals and entities are well-established and have extensive experience in identifying and effecting, directly or indirectly, acquisitions of companies operating in or providing services to various industries. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources or more industry knowledge than we do, and our financial resources are relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe there are numerous target businesses we could potentially acquire with the net proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the placement units, our ability to compete with respect to the acquisition of certain target businesses that are sizable is limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. Furthermore, because we are obligated to pay cash for the shares of Class A common stock which our public stockholders redeem in connection with our initial business combination, target companies will be aware that this may reduce the resources available to us for our initial business combination. This may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating an initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public stockholders may receive less than $10.00 per share upon our liquidation.

If the net proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the placement units not being held in the trust account are insufficient to allow us to operate until April 9, 2020 we may be unable to complete our initial business combination, in which case our public stockholders may only receive $10.00 per share, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, and our warrants will expire worthless.

The funds available to us outside of the trust account may not be sufficient to allow us to operate for at least until April 9, 2020, assuming that our initial business combination is not completed during that time. We believe that the funds available to us outside of the trust account as of December 31, 2019 of approximately $142,000 are sufficient to allow us to operate until at least April 9, 2020; however, we cannot assure you that our estimate is accurate. Of the funds available to us, we could use a portion of the funds available to us to pay fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business. We could also use a portion of the funds as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision (a provision in letters of intent or merger agreements designed to keep target businesses from “shopping” around for transactions with other companies on terms more favorable to such target businesses) with respect to a particular proposed initial business combination, although we do not have any current intention to do so. If we entered into a letter of intent or merger agreement where we paid for the right to receive exclusivity from a target business and were subsequently required to forfeit such funds (whether as a result of our breach or otherwise), we might not have sufficient funds to continue searching for, or conduct due diligence with respect to, a target business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public stockholders may receive less than $10.00 per share upon our liquidation.

If the net proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the placement units not being held in the trust account are insufficient, it could limit the amount available to fund our search for a target business or businesses and complete our initial business combination and we will depend on loans from our sponsor or management team to fund our search for an initial business combination, to pay our franchise and income taxes and to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to obtain these loans, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination.

Of the net proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the placement units, only approximately $142,000 (as of December 31, 2019) is available to us outside the trust account to fund our working capital requirements. If we are required to seek additional capital, we would need to borrow funds from our sponsor, management team or other third parties to operate or may be forced to liquidate. None of our sponsor, members of our management team nor any of their affiliates is under any obligation to advance funds to us in such circumstances. Any such advances would be repaid only from funds held outside the trust account or from funds released to us upon completion of our initial business combination. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into units, at a price of $10.00 per unit at the option of the lender. The units would be identical to the placement units. Prior to the completion of our initial business combination, we do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account. If we are unable to obtain these loans, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the trust account. Consequently, our public stockholders may only receive approximately $10.00 per share on our redemption of our public shares, and our warrants will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public stockholders may receive less than $10.00 per share on the redemption of their shares.

19

Subsequent to the completion of our initial business combination, we may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations and our stock price, which could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.

Even if we conduct extensive due diligence on a target business with which we combine, we cannot assure you that this diligence will surface all material issues that may be present inside a particular target business, that it would be possible to uncover all material issues through a customary amount of due diligence, or that factors outside of the target business and outside of our control will not later arise. As a result of these factors, we may be forced to later write-down or write-off assets, restructure our operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in our reporting losses. Even if our due diligence successfully identifies certain risks, unexpected risks may arise and previously known risks may materialize in a manner not consistent with our preliminary risk analysis. Even though these charges may be non-cash items and not have an immediate impact on our liquidity, the fact that we report charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about us or our securities. In addition, charges of this nature may cause us to violate net worth or other covenants to which we may be subject as a result of assuming pre-existing debt held by a target business or by virtue of our obtaining debt financing to partially finance the initial business combination. Accordingly, any stockholders who choose to remain stockholders following the initial business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, relating to the initial business combination constituted an actionable material misstatement or omission.

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share.

Our placing of funds in the trust account may not protect those funds from third-party claims against us. Although we seek to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses and other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public stockholders, such parties may not execute such agreements, or even if they execute such agreements they may not be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account, including, but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the trust account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative. WithumSmith+Brown, PC, our independent registered public accounting firm, and the underwriters of the offering, did not execute agreements with us waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account.

Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason. Upon redemption of our public shares, if we are unable to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed timeframe, or upon the exercise of a redemption right in connection with our initial business combination, we will be required to provide for payment of claims of creditors that were not waived that may be brought against us within the 10 years following redemption. Accordingly, the per-share redemption amount received by public stockholders could be less than the $10.00 per share initially held in the trust account, due to claims of such creditors. Pursuant to a letter agreement, our sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have entered into a written letter of intent, confidentiality or similar agreement or business combination agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the trust account to below the lesser of  (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account, if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, less taxes payable, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party or prospective target business who executed a waiver of any and all rights to the monies held in the trust account (whether or not such waiver is enforceable) nor will it apply to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of our initial public offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. However, we have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations, nor have we independently verified whether our sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and believe that our sponsor’s only assets are securities of our company. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. None of our officers or directors will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

20

Our directors may decide not to enforce the indemnification obligations of our sponsor, resulting in a reduction in the amount of funds in the trust account available for distribution to our public stockholders.

In the event that the proceeds in the trust account are reduced below the lesser of  (i) $10.00 per share and (ii) the actual amount per share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, and our sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations.

While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment and subject to their fiduciary duties may choose not to do so in any particular instance if, for example, the cost of such legal action is deemed by the independent directors to be too high relative to the amount recoverable or if the independent directors determine that a favorable outcome is not likely. If our independent directors choose not to enforce these indemnification obligations, the amount of funds in the trust account available for distribution to our public stockholders may be reduced below $10.00 per share.

We may not have sufficient funds to satisfy indemnification claims of our directors and executive officers.

We have agreed to indemnify our officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by law. However, our officers and directors have agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the trust account and to not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason whatsoever. Accordingly, any indemnification provided will be able to be satisfied by us only if (i) we have sufficient funds outside of the trust account or (ii) we consummate an initial business combination. Our obligation to indemnify our officers and directors may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our officers or directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against our officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against our officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the trust account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, a bankruptcy court may seek to recover such proceeds, and we and our board may be exposed to claims of punitive damages.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the trust account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by stockholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover all amounts received by our stockholders. In addition, our board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or having acted in bad faith, thereby exposing itself and us to claims of punitive damages, by paying public stockholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the trust account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the claims of creditors in such proceeding may have priority over the claims of our stockholders and the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our stockholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the trust account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our stockholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our stockholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial business combination.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, our activities may be restricted, including:

● restrictions on the nature of our investments; and

● restrictions on the issuance of securities, each of which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial business combination.

21

In addition, we may have imposed upon us burdensome requirements, including:

● registration as an investment company;

● adoption of a specific form of corporate structure; and

● reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy and disclosure requirements and other rules and regulations.

In order not to be regulated as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, unless we can qualify for an exclusion, we must ensure that we are engaged primarily in a business other than investing, reinvesting or trading in securities and that our activities do not include investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading “investment securities” constituting more than 40% of our total assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. Our business will be to identify and complete an initial business combination and thereafter to operate the post-transaction business or assets for the long term. We do not plan to buy businesses or assets with a view to resale or profit from their resale. We do not plan to buy unrelated businesses or assets or to be a passive investor.

We do not believe that our principal activities subject us to the Investment Company Act. To this end, the proceeds held in the trust account may only be invested in United States “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act having a maturity of 180 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. Pursuant to the trust agreement, the trustee is not permitted to invest in other securities or assets. By restricting the investment of the proceeds to these instruments, and by having a business plan targeted at acquiring and growing businesses for the long term (rather than on buying and selling businesses in the manner of a merchant bank or private equity fund), we intend to avoid being deemed an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act. The trust account is intended as a holding place for funds pending the earliest to occur of: (i) the completion of our initial business combination; (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly submitted in connection with a stockholder vote to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination by April 9, 2020 or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity; or (iii) absent an initial business combination by April 9, 2020, our return of the funds held in the trust account to our public stockholders as part of our redemption of the public shares. If we do not invest the proceeds as discussed above, we may be deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act. If we were deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act, compliance with these additional regulatory burdens would require additional expenses for which we have not allotted funds and may hinder our ability to complete an initial business combination or may result in our liquidation. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless.

Changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination and results of operations.

We are subject to laws and regulations enacted by national, regional and local governments. In particular, we are required to comply with certain SEC and other legal requirements. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws and regulations may be difficult, time consuming and costly.

Those laws and regulations and their interpretation and application may also change from time to time and those changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, investments and results of operations. In addition, a failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations, as interpreted and applied, could have a material adverse effect on our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination and results of operations.

Our stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extent of distributions received by them upon redemption of their shares.

Under the DGCL, stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against a corporation to the extent of distributions received by them in a dissolution. The pro rata portion of our trust account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our initial business combination by April 9, 2020 may be considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law. If a corporation complies with certain procedures set forth in Section 280 of the DGCL intended to ensure that it makes reasonable provision for all claims against it, including a 60-day notice period during which any third-party claims can be brought against the corporation, a 90-day period during which the corporation may reject any claims brought, and an additional 150-day waiting period before any liquidating distributions are made to stockholders, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution. However, it is our intention to redeem our public shares as soon as reasonably possible following the 18^th month from the closing of our initial public offering in the event we do not complete our initial business combination and, therefore, we do not intend to comply with the foregoing procedures.

22

Because we will not be complying with Section 280, Section 281(b) of the DGCL requires us to adopt a plan, based on facts known to us at such time that will provide for our payment of all existing and pending claims or claims that may be potentially brought against us within the 10 years following our dissolution. However, because we are a blank check company, rather than an operating company, and our operations will be limited to searching for prospective target businesses to acquire, the only likely claims to arise would be from our vendors (such as lawyers, investment bankers, etc.) or prospective target businesses. If our plan of distribution complies with Section 281(b) of the DGCL, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would likely be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution. We cannot assure you that we will properly assess all claims that may be potentially brought against us. As such, our stockholders could potentially be liable for any claims to the extent of distributions received by them (but no more) and any liability of our stockholders may extend beyond the third anniversary of such date. Furthermore, if the pro rata portion of our trust account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our initial business combination by April 9, 2020 is not considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law and such redemption distribution is deemed to be unlawful (potentially due to the imposition of legal proceedings that a party may bring or due to other circumstances that are currently unknown), then pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, the statute of limitations for claims of creditors could then be six years after the unlawful redemption distribution, instead of three years, as in the case of a liquidation or distribution.

We have not registered the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws at this time, and such registration may not be in place when an investor desires to exercise warrants, thus precluding such investor from being able to exercise its warrants except on a cashless basis. If the issuance of the shares upon exercise of warrants is not registered, qualified or exempt from registration or qualification, the holder of such warrant will not be entitled to exercise such warrant and such warrant may have no value and expire worthless.

We have not registered the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws at this time. However, under the terms of the warrant agreement, we have agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 business days after the closing of our initial business combination, we will use our best efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement for the registration under the Securities Act of the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants and thereafter will use our best efforts to cause the same to become effective within 60 business days following our initial business combination and to maintain a current prospectus relating to the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, until the expiration of the warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. We cannot assure you that we will be able to do so if, for example, any facts or events arise which represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement or prospectus, the financial statements contained or incorporated by reference therein are not current or correct or the SEC issues a stop order. If the shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants issued in our initial public offering are not registered under the Securities Act, we will be required to permit holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis. However, no warrant will be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, and we will not be obligated to issue any shares to holders seeking to exercise their warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder, or an exemption from registration is available. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a registration statement covering the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is not effective within a specified period following the consummation of our initial business combination, warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when we shall have failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise warrants on a cashless basis pursuant to the exemption provided by Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act, provided that such exemption is available. If that exemption, or another exemption, is not available, holders will not be able to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis. We will use our best efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available. In no event will we be required to net cash settle any warrant, or issue securities or other compensation in exchange for the warrants in the event that we are unable to register or qualify the shares underlying the warrants under applicable state securities laws and there is no exemption available. If the issuance of the shares upon exercise of the warrants is not so registered or qualified or exempt from registration or qualification, the holder of such warrant will not be entitled to exercise such warrant and such warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In such event, holders who acquired their warrants as part of a purchase of units will have paid the full unit purchase price solely for the shares of Class A common stock included in the units. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may not exercise our redemption right if the issuance of shares of common stock upon exercise of the warrants is not exempt from registration or qualification under applicable state blue sky laws or we are unable to effect such registration or qualification. We will use our best efforts to register or qualify such shares of common stock under the blue sky laws of the state of residence in those states in which the warrants were offered by us in our initial public offering. However, there may be instances in which holders of our public warrants may be unable to exercise such public warrants but holders of our placement warrants may be able to exercise such placement warrants.

If you exercise your public warrants on a “cashless basis,” you will receive fewer shares of Class A common stock from such exercise than if you were to exercise such warrants for cash.

There are circumstances in which the exercise of the public warrants may be required or permitted to be made on a cashless basis. First, if a registration statement covering the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is not effective by the 60^th business day after the closing of our initial business combination, warrantholders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement, exercise warrants on a cashless basis in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act or another exemption. Second, if a registration statement covering the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is not effective within a specified period following the consummation of our initial business combination, warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when we shall have failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise warrants on a cashless basis pursuant to the exemption provided by Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act, provided that such exemption is available; if that exemption, or another exemption, is not available, holders will not be able to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis. Third, if we call the public warrants for redemption, our management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise warrants to do so on a cashless basis. In the event of an exercise on a cashless basis, a holder would pay the warrant exercise price by surrendering the warrants for that number of shares of Class A common stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of shares of Class A common stock underlying the warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the warrants and the “fair market value” (as defined in the next sentence) by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” is the average reported last sale price of the Class A common stock for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of exercise is received by the warrant agent or on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of warrants, as applicable. As a result, you would receive fewer shares of Class A common stock from such exercise than if you were to exercise such warrants for cash.

23

The grant of registration rights to our initial stockholders may make it more difficult to complete our initial business combination, and the future exercise of such rights may adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

Pursuant to a registration rights agreement, our initial stockholders and their permitted transferees can demand that we register the placement warrants, the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the placement warrants, the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of the founder shares, the shares of Class A common stock included in the placement units and holders of unit that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans may demand that we register such Class A common stock, warrants or the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of such units and warrants. We will bear the cost of registering these securities. The registration and availability of such a significant number of securities for trading in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A common stock. In addition, the existence of the registration rights may make our initial business combination more costly or difficult to conclude. This is because the stockholders of the target business may increase the equity stake they seek in the combined entity or ask for more cash consideration to offset the negative impact on the market price of our Class A common stock that is expected when the securities owned by our initial stockholders or holders of working capital loans or their respective permitted transferees are registered.

Because we are not limited to evaluating a target business in a particular industry sector, you will be unable to ascertain the merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations.

We seek to complete an initial business combination with companies in the technology industry but may also pursue other business combination opportunities, except that we will not, under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, be permitted to effectuate our initial business combination with another blank check company or similar company with nominal operations. There is currently no basis to evaluate the possible merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations, results of operations, cash flows, liquidity, financial condition or prospects. To the extent we complete our initial business combination, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations with which we combine. For example, if we combine with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of sales or earnings, we may be affected by the risks inherent in the business and operations of a financially unstable or a development stage entity. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors or that we will have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will ultimately prove to be more favorable to investors than a direct investment, if such opportunity were available, in a business combination target. Accordingly, any stockholders who choose to remain stockholders following our initial business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

Past performance by our management team and advisors may not be indicative of future performance of an investment in us.

Past performance by our management team and advisors is not a guarantee either (i) of success with respect to any business combination we may consummate or (ii) that we will be able to locate a suitable candidate for our initial business combination. You should not rely on the historical record of our management team’s or advisors’ performance as indicative of our future performance of an investment in the company or the returns the company will, or is likely to, generate going forward. Additionally, in the course of their respective careers, members of our management team have been involved in businesses and deals that were unsuccessful. Our officers, directors and advisors have not had experience with blank check companies or special purpose acquisition companies in the past.

We may seek business combination opportunities in industries or sectors which may or may not be outside of our management’s area of expertise.

Although we are focused on identifying technology companies, we will consider an initial business combination outside of our management’s area of expertise if an initial business combination candidate is presented to us and we determine that such candidate offers an attractive business combination opportunity for our company or we are unable to identify a suitable candidate in this sector after having expanded a reasonable amount of time and effort in an attempt to do so. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in any particular business combination candidate, we cannot assure you that we will adequately ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our securities will not ultimately prove to be less favorable to investors than a direct investment, if an opportunity were available, in an initial business combination candidate. In the event we elect to pursue a business combination outside of the areas of our management’s expertise, our management’s expertise may not be directly applicable to its evaluation or operation, and the information contained in this Report regarding the areas of our management’s expertise would not be relevant to an understanding of the business that we elect to acquire. As a result, our management may not be able to adequately ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. Accordingly, any stockholders who choose to remain stockholders following our initial business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

24

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses, we may enter into our initial business combination with a target that does not meet such criteria and guidelines, and as a result, the target business with which we enter into our initial business combination may not have attributes entirely consistent with our general criteria and guidelines.

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines for evaluating prospective target businesses, it is possible that a target business with which we enter into our initial business combination will not have all of these positive attributes. If we complete our initial business combination with a target that does not meet some or all of these guidelines, such combination may not be as successful as a combination with a business that does meet all of our general criteria and guidelines. In addition, if we announce a prospective business combination with a target that does not meet our general criteria and guidelines, a greater number of stockholders may exercise their redemption rights, which may make it difficult for us to meet any closing condition with a target business that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. In addition, if stockholder approval of the transaction is required by law, or we decide to obtain stockholder approval for business or other legal reasons, it may be more difficult for us to attain stockholder approval of our initial business combination if the target business does not meet our general criteria and guidelines. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public stockholders may receive less than $10.00 per share on the redemption of their shares.

We may seek business combination opportunities with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of revenue, cash flow or earnings, which could subject us to volatile revenues, cash flows or earnings or difficulty in retaining key personnel.

To the extent we complete our initial business combination with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of revenues or earnings, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the operations of the business with which we combine. These risks include volatile revenues or earnings and difficulties in obtaining and retaining key personnel. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we may not be able to properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors and we may not have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business.

We are not required to obtain a fairness opinion and consequently, you may have no assurance from an independent source that the price we are paying for the business is fair to our company from a financial point of view.

Unless we complete our initial business combination with an affiliated entity or our board cannot independently determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, we are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions that the price we are paying is fair to our company from a financial point of view. If no opinion is obtained, our stockholders will be relying on the judgment of our board of directors, who will determine fair market value based on standards generally accepted by the financial community. Such standards used will be disclosed in our proxy materials or tender offer documents, as applicable, related to our initial business combination.

25

We may issue additional common stock or preferred stock to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue shares of Class A common stock upon the conversion of the Class B common stock at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our stockholders and likely present other risks.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes the issuance of up to 100,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 10,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. There are 66,040,000 and 4,500,000 authorized but unissued shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, respectively, available for issuance, which amount takes into account the shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding warrants but not the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of Class B common stock. There are currently no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding. Shares of Class B common stock are convertible into shares of our Class A common stock initially at a one-for-one ratio but subject to adjustment as set forth herein, including in certain circumstances in which we issue Class A common stock or equity-linked securities related to our initial business combination. Shares of Class B common stock are also convertible at the option of the holder at any time.

We may issue a substantial number of additional shares of common or preferred stock to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination (although our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we may not issue securities that can vote with common stockholders on matters related to our pre-initial business combination activity). We may also issue shares of Class A common stock upon conversion of the Class B common stock at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. However, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides, among other things, that prior to our initial business combination, we may not issue additional shares of capital stock that would entitle the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from the trust account or (ii) vote on any initial business combination. These provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, like all provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, may be amended with the approval of our stockholders. However, our executive officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination by April 9, 2020 or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity, unless we provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their shares of common stock upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares.

The issuance of additional shares of common or preferred stock:

● may significantly dilute the equity interest of investors in our initial public offering;

● may subordinate the rights of holders of common stock if preferred stock is issued with rights senior to those afforded our common stock;

● could cause a change of control if a substantial number of shares of our common stock are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors; and

● may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our units, Class A common stock and/or warrants.

Resources could be wasted in researching business combinations that are not completed, which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless.

The investigation of each specific target business and the negotiation, drafting and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents and other instruments requires substantial management time and attention and substantial costs for accountants, attorneys, consultants and others. If we decide not to complete a specific initial business combination, the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore, if we reach an agreement relating to a specific target business, we may fail to complete our initial business combination for any number of reasons including those beyond our control. Any such event will result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public stockholders may receive less than $10.00 per share on the redemption of their shares.

26

Our ability to successfully effect our initial business combination and to be successful thereafter will be totally dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following our initial business combination. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

Our ability to successfully effect our initial business combination is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel. The role of our key personnel in the target business, however, cannot presently be ascertained. Although some of our key personnel may remain with the target business in senior management or advisory positions following our initial business combination, it is likely that some or all of the management of the target business will remain in place. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we employ after our initial business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct. These individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a company regulated by the SEC, which could cause us to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements. In addition, the officers and directors of an initial business combination candidate may resign upon completion of our initial business combination. The departure of an initial business combination target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business. The role of an initial business combination candidate’s key personnel upon the completion of our initial business combination cannot be ascertained at this time. Although we contemplate that certain members of an initial business combination candidate’s management team will remain associated with the initial business combination candidate following our initial business combination, it is possible that members of the management of an initial business combination candidate will not wish to remain in place. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

We are dependent upon our executive officers and directors and their departure could adversely affect our ability to operate.

Our operations are dependent upon a relatively small group of individuals and, in particular, our executive officers and directors. We believe that our success depends on the continued service of our executive officers and directors, at least until we have completed our initial business combination. We do not have an employment agreement with, or key-man insurance on the life of, any of our directors or executive officers. The unexpected loss of the services of one or more of our directors or executive officers could have a detrimental effect on us.

Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular business combination. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following our initial business combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular business combination is the most advantageous.

Our key personnel may be able to remain with the company after the completion of our initial business combination only if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with the initial business combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the initial business combination and could provide for such individuals to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to us after the completion of the initial business combination. The personal and financial interests of such individuals may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business. However, we believe the ability of such individuals to remain with us after the completion of our initial business combination will not be the determining factor in our decision as to whether or not we will proceed with any potential business combination. There is no certainty, however, that any of our key personnel will remain with us after the completion of our initial business combination. We cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain in senior management or advisory positions with us. The determination as to whether any of our key personnel will remain with us will be made at the time of our initial business combination.

We may have a limited ability to assess the management of a prospective target business and, as a result, may effect our initial business combination with a target business whose management may not have the skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company, which could, in turn, negatively impact the value of our stockholders’ investment in us.

When evaluating the desirability of effecting our initial business combination with a prospective target business, our ability to assess the target business’s management may be limited due to a lack of time, resources or information. Our assessment of the capabilities of the target’s management, therefore, may prove to be incorrect and such management may lack the skills, qualifications or abilities we suspected. Should the target’s management not possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to manage a public company, the operations and profitability of the post-combination business may be negatively impacted. Accordingly, any stockholders who choose to remain stockholders following the initial business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

Our officers and directors allocate their time to other businesses thereby causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Our officers and directors are not required to, and do not, commit their full time to our affairs, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and our search for an initial business combination and their other businesses. We do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completion of our initial business combination. Each of our officers is engaged in other business endeavors for which he may be entitled to substantial compensation and our officers are not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours per week to our affairs. Our independent directors may also serve as officers or board members for other entities. If our officers’ and directors’ other business affairs require them to devote substantial amounts of time to such affairs in excess of their current commitment levels, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs which may have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.

27

Certain of our officers and directors are now, and all of them may in the future become, affiliated with entities engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating their time and determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

Until we consummate our initial business combination, we intend to engage in the business of identifying and combining with one or more businesses. Our sponsor and officers and directors are, and may in the future become, affiliated with entities (such as operating companies or investment vehicles) that are engaged in a similar business, although they may not participate in the formation of, or become an officer or director of, any other special purpose acquisition companies with a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act until we have entered into a definitive agreement regarding our initial business combination or we have liquidated the trust account.

Our officers and directors also may become aware of business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to us and the other entities to which they owe certain fiduciary or contractual duties.

Accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. These conflicts may not be resolved in our favor and a potential target business may be presented to another entity prior to its presentation to us. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue, and to the extent the director or officer is permitted to refer that opportunity to us without violating another legal obligation.

Our officers, directors, security holders and their respective affiliates may have competitive pecuniary interests that conflict with our interests.

We have not adopted a policy that expressly prohibits our directors, officers, security holders or affiliates from having a direct or indirect pecuniary or financial interest in any investment to be acquired or disposed of by us or in any transaction to which we are a party or have an interest. In fact, we may enter into an initial business combination with a target business that is affiliated with our sponsor, our directors or officers, although we do not intend to do so. We do not have a policy that expressly prohibits any such persons from engaging for their own account in business activities of the types conducted by us. Accordingly, such persons or entities may have a conflict between their interests and ours.

We may engage in an initial business combination with one or more target businesses that have relationships with entities that may be affiliated with our sponsor, officers, directors or existing holders which may raise potential conflicts of interest.

In light of the involvement of our sponsor, officers and directors with other entities, we may decide to acquire one or more businesses affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors. Our directors also serve as officers and board members for other entities. Such entities may compete with us for business combination opportunities. Despite our agreement to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions, regarding the fairness to our stockholders from a financial point of view of an initial business combination with one or more businesses affiliated with our officers, directors or existing holders, potential conflicts of interest still may exist and, as a result, the terms of the initial business combination may not be as advantageous to our public stockholders as they would be absent any conflicts of interest.

Since our sponsor, officers and directors will lose their entire investment in us if our initial business combination is not completed, a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a particular business combination target is appropriate for our initial business combination.

Our sponsor purchased an aggregate of 5,500,000 founder shares for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.004 per share. The founder shares will be worthless if we do not complete an initial business combination. Our sponsor and Cantor also purchased an aggregate of 640,000 placement units at a price of $10.00 per placement unit (530,000 placement units by our sponsor and 110,000 placement units by Cantor, for an aggregate purchase price of $6,400,000. Each placement unit consists of one share of Class A common stock and one-half of one warrant. Each whole warrant is exercisable to purchase one whole share of common stock at $11.50 per share. These securities will also be worthless if we do not complete an initial business combination. Holders of founder shares and placement shares have agreed (A) to vote any such shares owned by them in favor of any proposed initial business combination and (B) not to redeem any such shares in connection with a stockholder vote to approve a proposed initial business combination. In addition, we may obtain loans from our sponsor, affiliates of our sponsor or an officer or director. The personal and financial interests of our officers and directors may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business combination, completing an initial business combination and influencing the operation of the business following the initial business combination.

28

We may issue notes or other debt securities, or otherwise incur substantial debt, to complete an initial business combination, which may adversely affect our leverage and financial condition and thus negatively impact the value of our stockholders’ investment in us.

We may choose to incur substantial debt to complete our initial business combination. We have agreed that we will not incur any indebtedness unless we have obtained from the lender a waiver of any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to the monies held in the trust account. As such, no issuance of debt will affect the per-share amount available for redemption from the trust account. Nevertheless, the incurrence of debt could have a variety of negative effects, including:

● default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after an initial business combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;

● acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

● our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand;

● our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt security is outstanding;

● our inability to pay dividends on our common stock;

● using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our common stock if declared, our ability to pay expenses, make capital expenditures and acquisitions, and fund other general corporate purposes;

● limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate;

● increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation;

● limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, and execution of our strategy; and

● other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt.

We may only be able to complete one business combination with the proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the placement units, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business which may have a limited number of services and limited operating activities. This lack of diversification may negatively impact our operating results and profitability.

Of the net proceeds from our initial public offering and the sale of the placement units, $224,024,645.91 is available as of December 31, 2019 to complete our initial business combination and pay related fees and expenses (which includes up to $7,000,000 for the payment of deferred underwriting commissions).

We may effectuate our initial business combination with a single target business or multiple target businesses simultaneously or within a short period of time. However, we may not be able to effectuate our initial business combination with more than one target business because of various factors, including the existence of complex accounting issues and the requirement that we prepare and file pro forma financial statements with the SEC that present operating results and the financial condition of several target businesses as if they had been operated on a combined basis. By completing our initial business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments. Further, we would not be able to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry. In addition, we intend to focus our search for an initial business combination in a single industry. Accordingly, the prospects for our success may be:

● solely dependent upon the performance of a single business, property or asset, or

● dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

This lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory risks, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to our initial business combination.

29

We may attempt to simultaneously complete business combinations with multiple prospective targets, which may hinder our ability to complete our initial business combination and give rise to increased costs and risks that could negatively impact our operations and profitability.

If we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses that are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other business combinations, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete our initial business combination. We do not, however, intend to purchase multiple businesses in unrelated industries in conjunction with our initial business combination. With multiple business combinations, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence investigations (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business. If we are unable to adequately address these risks, it could negatively impact our profitability and results of operations.

We may attempt to complete our initial business combination with a private company about which little information is available, which may result in an initial business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

In pursuing our initial business combination strategy, we may seek to effectuate our initial business combination with a privately held company. Very little public information generally exists about private companies, and we could be required to make our decision on whether to pursue a potential initial business combination on the basis of limited information, which may result in an initial business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

Our management may not be able to maintain control of a target business after our initial business combination.

We may structure an initial business combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public stockholders own shares will own less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for us not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. We will not consider any transaction that does not meet such criteria. Even if the post-transaction company owns 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our stockholders prior to the initial business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post business combination company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the initial business combination. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares of Class A common stock in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares of common stock, our stockholders immediately prior to such transaction could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares of common stock subsequent to such transaction. In addition, other minority stockholders may subsequently combine their holdings resulting in a single person or group obtaining a larger share of the company’s stock than we initially acquired. Accordingly, this may make it more likely that our management will not be able to maintain our control of the target business. We cannot provide assurance that, upon loss of control of a target business, new management will possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to profitably operate such business.

We do not have a specified maximum redemption threshold. The absence of such a redemption threshold may make it possible for us to complete an initial business combination with which a substantial majority of our stockholders do not agree.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will not provide a specified maximum redemption threshold, except that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 upon consummation of our initial business combination and after payment of underwriters’ fees and commissions (such that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules) or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial business combination. As a result, we may be able to complete our initial business combination even though a substantial majority of our public stockholders do not agree with the transaction and have redeemed their shares or, if we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, have entered into privately negotiated agreements to sell their shares to our sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or their affiliates. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all shares of Class A common stock that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed initial business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the initial business combination or redeem any shares, all shares of Class A common stock submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof, and we instead may search for an alternate business combination.

In order to effectuate an initial business combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and other governing instruments, including their warrant agreements. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or governing instruments in a manner that will make it easier for us to complete our initial business combination that our stockholders may not support.

In order to effectuate an initial business combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and modified governing instruments, including their warrant agreements. For example, blank check companies have amended the definition of business combination, increased redemption thresholds and extended the time to consummate an initial business combination and, with respect to their warrants, amended their warrant agreements to require the warrants to be exchanged for cash and/or other securities. Amending our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will require the approval of holders of 65% of our common stock, and amending our warrant agreement will require a vote of holders of at least 65% of the public warrants. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation requires us to provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares for cash if we propose an amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination by April 9, 2020 or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity. To the extent any such amendments would be deemed to fundamentally change the nature of any securities offered through this registration statement, we would register, or seek an exemption from registration for, the affected securities. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our charter or governing instruments or extend the time to consummate an initial business combination in order to effectuate our initial business combination.

30

The provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that relate to our pre-business combination activity (and corresponding provisions of the agreement governing the release of funds from our trust account), including an amendment to permit us to withdraw funds from the trust account such that the per share amount investors will receive upon any redemption or liquidation is substantially reduced or eliminated, may be amended with the approval of holders of 65% of our common stock, which is a lower amendment threshold than that of some other blank check companies. It may be easier for us, therefore, to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the trust agreement to facilitate the completion of an initial business combination that some of our stockholders may not support.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that any of its provisions related to pre-initial business combination activity (including the requirement to deposit proceeds of our initial public offering and the private placement of warrants into the trust account and not release such amounts except in specified circumstances, and to provide redemption rights to public stockholders as described herein and including to permit us to withdraw funds from the trust account such that the per share amount investors will receive upon any redemption or liquidation is substantially reduced or eliminated) may be amended if approved by holders of 65% of our common stock entitled to vote thereon, and corresponding provisions of the trust agreement governing the release of funds from our trust account may be amended if approved by holders of 65% of our common stock entitled to vote thereon. In all other instances, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may be amended by holders of a majority of our outstanding common stock entitled to vote thereon, subject to applicable provisions of the DGCL or applicable stock exchange rules. We may not issue additional securities that can vote on amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Our initial stockholders, who will collectively beneficially own approximately 21.8% of our common stock (including the private placement shares), will participate in any vote to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and/or trust agreement and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. As a result, we may be able to amend the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation which govern our pre-initial business combination behavior more easily than some other blank check companies, and this may increase our ability to complete an initial business combination with which you do not agree. Our stockholders may pursue remedies against us for any breach of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (i) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination by April 9, 2020 or (ii) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity, unless we provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their shares of Class A common stock upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares. These agreements are contained in a letter agreement that we have entered into with our sponsor, officers and directors. Our stockholders are not parties to, or third-party beneficiaries of, these agreements and, as a result, will not have the ability to pursue remedies against our sponsor, officers or directors for any breach of these agreements. As a result, in the event of a breach, our stockholders would need to pursue a stockholder derivative action, subject to applicable law.

We may be unable to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination or to fund the operations and growth of a target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular business combination.

We intend to target businesses larger than we could acquire with the net proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the placement units. As a result, we may be required to seek additional financing to complete such proposed initial business combination. We cannot assure you that such financing will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to complete our initial business combination, we would be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon that particular business combination and seek an alternative target business candidate. Further, the amount of additional financing we may be required to obtain could increase as a result of future growth capital needs for any particular transaction, the depletion of the available net proceeds in search of a target business, the obligation to repurchase for cash a significant number of shares from stockholders who elect redemption in connection with our initial business combination and/or the terms of negotiated transactions to purchase shares in connection with our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share plus any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our franchise and income taxes on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless. In addition, even if we do not need additional financing to complete our initial business combination, we may require such financing to fund the operations or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on the continued development or growth of the target business. None of our officers, directors or stockholders is required to provide any financing to us in connection with or after our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may only receive approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of our trust account, and our warrants will expire worthless.

31

Our initial stockholders may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a stockholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support.

Our initial stockholders own shares representing approximately 21.8% of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock (including the private placement shares). Accordingly, they may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a stockholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support, including amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and approval of major corporate transactions. If our initial stockholders any additional shares of common stock in the aftermarket or in privately negotiated transactions, this would increase their control. Factors that would be considered in making such additional purchases would include consideration of the current trading price of our Class A common stock. In addition, our board of directors, whose members were elected by our initial stockholders, is and will be divided into three classes, each of which will generally serve for a term of three years with only one class of directors being elected in each year. We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders to elect new directors prior to the completion of our initial business combination, in which case all of the current directors will continue in office until at least the completion of the initial business combination. If there is an annual meeting, as a consequence of our “staggered” board of directors, only a minority of the board of directors will be considered for election and our initial stockholders, because of their ownership position, will have considerable influence regarding the outcome. Accordingly, our initial stockholders will continue to exert control at least until the completion of our initial business combination.

Our initial stockholders will receive additional shares of Class A common stock if we issue shares to consummate an initial business combination.

The founder shares will automatically convert into Class A common stock at the time of our initial business combination, or earlier at the option of the holders, on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as provided herein. In the case that additional shares of Class A common stock, or equity-linked securities convertible or exercisable for Class A common stock, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts offered in this Report and related to the closing of the initial business combination, the ratio at which founder shares shall convert into Class A common stock will be adjusted so that the number of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of all founder shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the total number of all outstanding shares of common stock upon completion of the initial business combination, excluding any shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the business combination and any private placement-equivalent warrants issued to our sponsor or its affiliates upon conversion of loans made to us. Additionally, the aforementioned adjustment will not take into account any shares of Class A common stock redeemed in connection with the business combination. Accordingly, the holders of the founder shares could receive additional shares of Class A common stock even if the additional shares of Class A common stock, or equity-linked securities convertible or exercisable for Class A common stock, are issued or deemed issued solely to replace those shares that were redeemed in connection with the business combination. The foregoing may make it more difficult and expensive for us to consummate an initial business combination.

We may amend the terms of the warrants in a manner that may be adverse to holders of public warrants with the approval by the holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding public warrants. As a result, the exercise price of your warrants could be increased, the exercise period could be shortened and the number of shares of our Class A common stock purchasable upon exercise of a warrant could be decreased, all without your approval.

Our warrants are issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. The warrant agreement provides that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but requires the approval by the holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding public warrants to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders of public warrants. Accordingly, we may amend the terms of the public warrants in a manner adverse to a holder if holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding public warrants approve of such amendment. Although our ability to amend the terms of the public warrants with the consent of at least 65% of the then outstanding public warrants is unlimited, examples of such amendments could be amendments to, among other things, increase the exercise price of the warrants, convert the warrants into cash or stock, shorten the exercise period or decrease the number of shares of our Class A common stock purchasable upon exercise of a warrant.

We may redeem your unexpired warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to you, thereby making your warrants worthless.

We have the ability to redeem outstanding warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of  $0.01 per warrant, provided that the last reported sales price of our Class A common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading-day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which we give proper notice of such redemption and provided certain other conditions are met. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may not exercise our redemption right if the issuance of shares of common stock upon exercise of the warrants is not exempt from registration or qualification under applicable state blue sky laws or we are unable to effect such registration or qualification. We will use our best efforts to register or qualify such shares of common stock under the blue sky laws of the state of residence in those states in which the warrants were offered by us in our initial public offering. Redemption of the outstanding warrants could force you (i) to exercise your warrants and pay the exercise price therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous for you to do so, (ii) to sell your warrants at the then-current market price when you might otherwise wish to hold your warrants or (iii) to accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the outstanding warrants are called for redemption, is likely to be substantially less than the market value of your warrants. None of the placement warrants will be redeemable by us so long as they are held by the sponsor or its permitted transferees.

32

Our warrants and founder shares may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A common stock and make it more difficult to effectuate our initial business combination.

We issued warrants to purchase 11,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock as part of the units offered in our initial public offering and an aggregate of 320,000 placement warrants. Our initial stockholders currently own an aggregate of 5,200,000 founder shares. The founder shares are convertible into shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as set forth herein. In addition, if our sponsor makes any working capital loans, up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into units, at a price of  $10.00 per unit at the option of the lender. The units would be identical to the placement units. To the extent we issue shares of Class A common stock to effectuate an initial business combination, the potential for the issuance of a substantial number of additional shares of Class A common stock upon exercise of these warrants and conversion rights could make us a less attractive business combination vehicle to a target business. Any such issuance will increase the number of issued and outstanding shares of our Class A common stock and reduce the value of the shares of Class A common stock issued to complete the initial business combination. Therefore, our warrants and founder shares may make it more difficult to effectuate an initial business combination or increase the cost of acquiring the target business.

The placement warrants included in the placement units are identical to the warrants sold as part of the units in our initial public offering except that, so long as they are held by our sponsor or its permitted transferees, (i) they will not be redeemable by us, (ii) they (including the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of these warrants) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by our sponsor until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination and (iii) they may be exercised by the holders on a cashless basis.

A market for our securities may not develop, which would adversely affect the liquidity and price of our securities.

The price of our securities may vary significantly due to one or more potential business combinations and general market or economic conditions. Furthermore, an active trading market for our securities may never develop or, if developed, it may not be sustained. You may be unable to sell your securities unless a market can be established and sustained.

Because we must furnish our stockholders with target business financial statements, we may lose the ability to complete an otherwise advantageous initial business combination with some prospective target businesses.

The federal proxy rules require that a proxy statement with respect to a vote on an initial business combination meeting certain financial significance tests include historical and/or pro forma financial statement disclosure in periodic reports. We will include the same financial statement disclosure in connection with our tender offer documents, whether or not they are required under the tender offer rules. These financial statements may be required to be prepared in accordance with, or be reconciled to, accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP, or international financial reporting standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IFRS, depending on the circumstances and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), or PCAOB. These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire because some targets may be unable to provide such financial statements in time for us to disclose such statements in accordance with federal proxy rules and complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame.

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we take advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies, this could make our securities less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies.

We are an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As a result, our stockholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the market value of our Class A common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 before that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31. We cannot predict whether investors will find our securities less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result of our reliance on these exemptions, the trading prices of our securities may be lower than they otherwise would be, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the trading prices of our securities may be more volatile.

33

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accountant standards used.

Compliance obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may make it more difficult for us to effectuate our initial business combination, require substantial financial and management resources, and increase the time and costs of completing an initial business combination.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we evaluate and report on our system of internal controls beginning with this Annual Report on Form 10-K as long as we maintain our status as an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. The fact that we are a blank check company makes compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act particularly burdensome on us as compared to other public companies because a target company with which we seek to complete our initial business combination may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of its internal controls. The development of the internal control of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such business combination.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and Delaware law may inhibit a takeover of us, which could limit the price investors might be willing to pay in the future for our Class A common stock and could entrench management.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals that stockholders may consider to be in their best interests. These provisions include a staggered board of directors and the ability of the board of directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred shares, which may make the removal of management more difficult and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.

We are also subject to anti-takeover provisions under Delaware law, which could delay or prevent a change of control. Together these provisions may make the removal of management more difficult and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.

U.S. federal income tax reform could adversely affect us and holders of our units.

On December 22, 2017, President Trump signed into law H.R. 1, originally known as the “Tax Cuts and Jobs Act,” which significantly reformed the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The new legislation, among other things, changes the U.S. federal tax rates, imposes significant additional limitations on the deductibility of interest, allows the expensing of capital expenditures, and puts into effect the migration from a “worldwide” system of taxation to a territorial system. We continue to examine the impact this tax reform legislation may have on us. The impact of this tax reform, or of any future administrative guidance interpreting provisions thereof, on holders of our units is uncertain and could be adverse. We urge prospective investors to consult with their legal and tax advisors with respect to any such legislation and the potential tax consequences of investing in our units.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and Delaware law may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation requires, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that derivative actions brought in our name, actions against directors, officers and employees for breach of fiduciary duty and other similar actions may be brought only in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware and, if brought outside of Delaware, the stockholder bringing such suit will be deemed to have consented to service of process on such stockholder’s counsel. This provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

34

Cyber incidents or attacks directed at us could result in information theft, data corruption, operational disruption and/or financial loss.

We depend on digital technologies, including information systems, infrastructure and cloud applications and services, including those of third parties with which we may deal. Sophisticated and deliberate attacks on, or security breaches in, our systems or infrastructure, or the systems or infrastructure of third parties or the cloud, could lead to corruption or misappropriation of our assets, proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data. As an early stage company without significant investments in data security protection, we may not be sufficiently protected against such occurrences. We may not have sufficient resources to adequately protect against, or to investigate and remediate any vulnerability to, cyber incidents. It is possible that any of these occurrences, or a combination of them, could have adverse consequences on our business and lead to financial loss.

If we effect our initial business combination with a company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States, we would be subject to a variety of additional risks that may negatively impact our operations.

If we effect our initial business combination with a company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States, we would be subject to any special considerations or risks associated with companies operating in an international setting, including any of the following:

● higher costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations and complying with different commercial and legal requirements of overseas markets;

● rules and regulations regarding currency redemption;

● complex corporate withholding taxes on individuals;

● laws governing the manner in which future business combinations may be effected;

● tariffs and trade barriers;

● regulations related to customs and import/export matters;

● longer payment cycles and challenges in collecting accounts receivable;

● tax issues, including but not limited to tax law changes and variations in tax laws as compared to the United States;

● currency fluctuations and exchange controls;

● rates of inflation;

● cultural and language differences;

● employment regulations;

● crime, strikes, riots, civil disturbances, terrorist attacks, natural disasters and wars;

● deterioration of political relations with the United States; and

● government appropriations of assets.

We may not be able to adequately address these additional risks. If we were unable to do so, our operations might suffer, which may adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

There are risks related to the technology industry to which we may be subject.

Business combinations with companies with operations in the technology industry entail special considerations and risks. If we are successful in completing a business combination with a target business with operations in the technology industry, we will be subject to, and possibly adversely affected by, the following risks, including but not limited to:

● if we do not develop successful new products or improve existing ones, our business will suffer;

● we may invest in new lines of business that could fail to attract or retain users or generate revenue;

35

● we will face significant competition and if we are not able to maintain or improve our market share, our business could suffer;

● disruption or failure of our networks, systems, platform or technology that frustrate or thwart our users’ ability to access our products and services, may cause our users, advertisers, and partners to cut back on or stop using our products and services altogether, which could seriously harm our business;

● mobile malware, viruses, hacking and phishing attacks, spamming, and improper or illegal use of our products could seriously harm our business and reputation;

● if we are unable to successfully grow our user base and further monetize our products, our business will suffer;

● if we are unable to protect our intellectual property, the value of our brand and other intangible assets may be diminished, and our business may be seriously harmed;

● we may be subject to regulatory investigations and proceedings in the future, which could cause us to incur substantial costs or require us to change our business practices in a way that could seriously harm our business; and

● components used in our products may fail as a result of a manufacturing, design, or other defect over which we have no control, and render our devices inoperable.

Any of the foregoing could have an adverse impact on our operations following a business combination. However, our efforts in identifying prospective target businesses are not limited to the technology industry. Accordingly, if we acquire a target business in another industry, these risks will likely not affect us and we will be subject to other risks attendant with the specific industry in which we operate or target business which we acquire, none of which can be presently ascertained.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

We do not own any real estate or other physical properties materially important to our operation. Our executive offices are located at 7660 Fay Avenue, Suite H, Unit 339, La Jolla, CA 92037. Commencing on October 4, 2018, we pay an affiliate of our sponsor $15,000 per month for providing certain general and administrative services, including office space, utilities and secretarial support, to us. We believe, based on rents and fees for similar services in the La Jolla, California area, that the fee charged is at least as favorable as we could have obtained from an unaffiliated person. We consider our current office space adequate for our current operations.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

To the knowledge of our management, there is no litigation currently pending or contemplated against us, any of our officers or directors in their capacity as such or against any of our property.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

36

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information

Our units, Class A common stock and warrants are each traded on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbols “CTACU,” “CTAC” and “CTACW, respectively. Our units commenced public trading on October 5, 2018, and our Class A common stock and warrants commenced public trading on October 30, 2018.

Holders

On March 4, 2020, there were four holders of record of our units, two holders of record of our Class A common stock, one holder of record of our Class B common stock and one holder of record of our warrants.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans.

None.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

None.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

None.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

Not required.

Item 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our Financial Statements and footnotes thereto contained in this report.

Forward Looking Statements

All statements other than statements of historical fact included in this Form 10-K including, without limitation, statements under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” regarding our financial position, business strategy and the plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward looking statements. When used in this Form 10-K, words such “may,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “continue,” or the negative of such terms or other similar expressions, as they relate to us or our management, identify forward looking statements. Factors that might cause or contribute to such a discrepancy include, but are not limited to, those described in our other Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) filings. References to “we”, “us”, “our” or the “Company” are to ChaSerg Technology Acquisition Corp., except where the context requires otherwise. Such forward looking statements are based on the beliefs of management, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, our management. No assurance can be given that results in any forward-looking statement will be achieved and actual results could be affected by one or more factors, which could cause them to differ materially. The cautionary statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K should be read as being applicable to all forward-looking statements whenever they appear in this report. For these statements, we claim the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act. Actual results could differ materially from those contemplated by the forward looking statements as a result of certain factors detailed in our filings with the SEC. All subsequent written or oral forward looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are qualified in their entirety by this paragraph.

Overview

We are a blank check company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware on May 21, 2018 for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more target businesses. We intend to effectuate our business combination using cash from the proceeds of our Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Placement Units that occurred simultaneously with the completion of our Initial Public Offering, our capital stock, debt or a combination of cash, stock and debt.

The issuance of additional shares in connection with an initial business combination to the owners of the target or other investors:

● may significantly dilute the equity interest of investors, which dilution would increase if the anti-dilution provisions in the Class B common stock resulted in the issuance of Class A common stock on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion of the Class B common stock;

● may subordinate the rights of holders of our common stock if preferred stock is issued with rights senior to those afforded our common stock;

37

● could cause a change in control if a substantial number of shares of our common stock is issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors;

● may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of us by diluting the stock ownership or voting rights of a person seeking to obtain control of us; and

● may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our Class A common stock and/or warrants.

Similarly, if we issue debt securities or otherwise incur significant debt to bank or other lenders or the owners of a target, it could result in:

● a decrease in the prevailing market prices for our common stock and/or warrants;

● default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after an initial business combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;

● acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

● our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand;

● our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt security is outstanding;

● our inability to pay dividends on our common stock;

● using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our common stock if declared, our ability to pay expenses, make capital expenditures and acquisitions, and fund other general corporate purposes;

● limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate;

● increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation;

● limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, and execution of our strategy; and

● other purposes and other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt.

We have incurred and continue to incur significant costs in the pursuit of our business combination with Grid Dynamics or any other business combination. We cannot assure you that our plans to complete our Business Combination will be successful.

Agreement for Business Combination

On November 13, 2019, we entered into the Merger Agreement to effect a business combination by and among (i) our company (ii) Merger Sub 1 (iii) Merger Sub 2 (iv) Grid Dynamics and (v) ASL, solely in its capacity as representative of the stockholders of Grid Dynamics immediately prior to the consummation of the business combination.

Grid Dynamics is an emerging leader in driving enterprise-level digital transformation in Fortune 1000 companies. Since its inception in 2006 in Menlo Park, California, as a grid and cloud consultancy firm, Grid Dynamics has been on the forefront of digital transformation, working on big ideas like cloud computing, NOSQL, DevOps, microservices, big data and AI and quickly established itself as a provider of choice for technology and digital enterprise companies.

Upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, (i) Grid Dynamics will become our wholly-owned subsidiary; and (ii) we will change our name to “Grid Dynamics Holding, Inc.” and (iii) the selling security holders (other than the selling security holders who have properly demanded appraisal rights in accordance with the California law, in connection with the transactions described in the Merger Agreement) will be entitled to receive the merger consideration set forth in the Merger Agreement.

Consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement is subject to customary conditions representations, warranties and covenants in the Merger Agreement, including, among others, covenants with respect to the conduct of the business of our company and Grid Dynamics during the period between execution of the Merger Agreement and the consummation of the Business Combination.

38

The Merger Agreement and related agreements are further described in the Form 8-K filed by the Company on November 13, 2019. For additional information regarding Grid Dynamics, the Merger Agreement and the Business Combination, see the Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed by the Company on February 10, 2020.

The Business Combination will be accounted for as a reverse recapitalization with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded, in accordance with GAAP. Under this method of accounting, we will be treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, for accounting purposes, the Business Combination will be treated as the equivalent of Grid Dynamics issuing stock for our net assets, accompanied by a recapitalization. Our net assets will be stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. Operations prior to the Business Combination will be those of Grid Dynamics.

On February 27, 2020, we amended our underwriting agreement with Cantor pursuant to which Cantor agreed to forfeit 75% of the aggregate $7,700,000 deferred fee, or $5,775,000, that would otherwise be payable to them upon the consummation of a Business Combination. The forfeiture of the deferred fee will only apply in the event that we consummate the Business Combination with Grid Dynamics.

On February 27, 2020, we entered into a capital markets advisory agreement (the “Capital Market Advisory Agreement”) with Cantor pursuant to which we engaged Cantor to act as a capital markets advisor in connection with our proposed Business Combination with Grid Dynamics. We have agreed to pay Cantor a cash fee of $4,525,000, of which we may reduce the fee by up to $455,000, solely to the extent such amount is paid to Northland Securities Inc. and Benchmark Investments Inc. The fee is payable to Cantor upon the consummation of the Business Combination with Grid Dynamics.

Results of Operations

We have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenues to date. Our only activities from inception to December 31, 2019 were organizational activities, those necessary to prepare for the Initial Public Offering, described below, and identifying a target company for a Business Combination. We do not expect to generate any operating revenues until after the completion of our Business Combination. We generate non-operating income in the form of interest income on marketable securities held in the Trust Account. We incur expenses as a result of being a public company (for legal, financial reporting, accounting and auditing compliance), as well as for due diligence expenses in connection with completing a Business Combination.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, we had a net loss of $3,321,949, which consists of operating costs of $7,143,705 and a provision for income taxes of $843,156, offset by interest income on marketable securities held in the Trust Account of $4,664,912.

For the period from May 21, 2018 (inception) through December 31, 2018, we had net income of $615,364, which consists of interest income on marketable securities held in the Trust Account of $1,158,467, offset by operating costs of $325,726 and a provision for income taxes of $217,377.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of December 31, 2019, we had cash of $141,583 held outside of the Trust Account. Until the consummation of the Initial Public Offering, the Company’s only source of liquidity was an initial purchase of Class B common stock by the Sponsor and loans from our Sponsor.

On October 10, 2018, we consummated the Initial Public Offering of 20,000,000 Units at a price of $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $200,000,000. Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, we consummated the sale of 600,000 Placement Units to the Sponsor and the underwriters at a price of $10.00 per unit, generating gross proceeds of $6,000,000.

On October 25, 2018, in connection with the underwriters’ election to partially exercise of their over-allotment option, we consummated the sale of an additional 2,000,000 Units and the sale of an additional 40,000 Placement Units, generating total gross proceeds of $20,400,000.

Following the Initial Public Offering, the exercise of the over-allotment option and the sale of the Placement Units, a total of $220,000,000 was placed in the Trust Account. We incurred $12,821,311 in transaction costs, including $4,400,000 of underwriting fees, $7,700,000 of deferred underwriting fees and $721,311 of other costs.

We intend to use substantially all of the funds held in the Trust Account, including any amounts representing interest earned on the Trust Account (less deferred underwriting commissions) to complete our Business Combination. To the extent that our capital stock or debt is used, in whole or in part, as consideration to complete our Business Combination, the remaining proceeds held in the Trust Account will be used as working capital to finance the operations of the target business or businesses, make other acquisitions and pursue our growth strategies.

39

We intend to use the funds held outside the Trust Account primarily to identify and evaluate target businesses, perform business due diligence on prospective target businesses, travel to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses or their representatives or owners, review corporate documents and material agreements of prospective target businesses, and structure, negotiate and complete a Business Combination.

In order to fund working capital deficiencies or finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, our Sponsor or an affiliate of our Sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete a Business Combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the Trust Account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our Trust Account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into units identical to the Placement Units, at a price of $10.00 per unit at the option of the lender.

Liquidity and Going Concern

As of December 31, 2019, we had a cash balance of approximately $142,000 and a working capital deficit of approximately $5,419,000. In addition, we had $224,016,036 in the Trust Account, which includes interest income of approximately $4,016,000 from our investments in the Trust Account which is available to us to pay our tax obligations.

We intend to use substantially all of the funds held in the Trust Account, including any amounts representing interest earned on the Trust Account (less taxes payable and deferred underwriting commissions) to complete our initial Business Combination. To the extent necessary, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required, up to $1,500,000. Such loans may be convertible into units of the post Business Combination entity at a price of $10.00 per unit. The units would be identical to the Placement Units (see Note 5).

If our estimates of the costs of identifying a target business, undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating a Business Combination are less than the actual amount necessary to do so, we may have insufficient funds available to operate our business prior to a Business Combination. Moreover, we may need to obtain additional financing either to complete a Business Combination or because we become obligated to redeem a significant number of our public shares upon completion of a Business Combination, in which case we may issue additional securities or incur debt in connection with such Business Combination.

In connection with our assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with Financial Accounting Standard Board’s Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-15, “Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern,” management has determined that the working capital deficit and mandatory liquidation and subsequent dissolution raises substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

Off-balance sheet financing arrangements

We have no obligations, assets or liabilities, which would be considered off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2019. We do not participate in transactions that create relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, often referred to as variable interest entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements. We have not entered into any off-balance sheet financing arrangements, established any special purpose entities, guaranteed any debt or commitments of other entities, or purchased any non-financial assets.

Contractual obligations

We do not have any long-term debt, capital lease obligations, operating lease obligations or long-term liabilities, other than an agreement to pay an affiliate of the Sponsor a monthly fee of $15,000 for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support. We began incurring these fees on October 10, 2018 and will continue to incur these fees monthly until the earlier of the completion of the Business Combination and our liquidation.

We have entered into engagement letters or agreements with various consultants, advisors, professionals and others in connection with an initial business combination. The services under these engagement letters and agreements are material in amount and in some instances include contingent or success fees. A substantial portion of these costs, including contingent or success fees and ongoing accrued transactions costs (but not deferred underwriting compensation) will be charged to operations in the quarter that an initial business combination is consummated. In most instances, these engagement letters and agreements specifically provide that such counterparties waive their rights to seek repayment from the funds in the Trust Account.

In addition, we have an agreement to pay the underwriters a deferred fee of $0.35 per Unit, or $7,700,000 in the aggregate. The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that we complete a Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.

40

Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and income and expenses during the periods reported. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates. We have not identified any critical accounting policies.

Recent accounting pronouncements

Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on our financial statements.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

The net proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the placement units held in the trust account are invested in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. Due to the short-term nature of these investments, we believe there will be no associated material exposure to interest rate risk.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Reference is made to Pages F-1 through F-18 comprising a portion of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

Item 9A.   Controls and Procedures.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer (together, the “Certifying Officers”), we carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act. Based on the foregoing, our Certifying Officers concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report.

Disclosure controls and procedures are controls and other procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Certifying Officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management’s Report on Internal Controls over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on this evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2019.

This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include an attestation report of internal controls from our independent registered public accounting firm due to our status as an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act) during the most recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

41

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Directors and Executive Officers

As of the date of this report, our directors and officers are as follows:

Name	Age	Position
Lloyd Carney	57	Chief Executive Officer and Director
Eric Benhamou	64	Chief Financial Officer, President and Director
Clark N. Callander	61	Director
Irwin Federman	84	Director
William Zerella	62	Director

Lloyd Carney, our Chief Executive Officer and a Director since June 14, 2018, has spent more than 25 years in the technology industry. He started at Wellfleet and Nortel Networks in 1997 and in 2002 he rose to become division president. In 2003, he joined Juniper Networks as Chief Operating Officer where he oversaw the engineering, product management and manufacturing divisions. Thereafter, in 2004, he was named Chief Executive Officer of Micromuse, an enterprise and telecom network management company. Mr. Carney led the sale of Micromuse to IBM for $865 million, staying at IBM for a year after the sale to ensure a smooth transition. In 2008, he became the Chief Executive Officer of Xsigo Systems, a provider of network visualization systems, which was sold to Oracle Corporation in 2012. Mr. Carney then accepted the role of Chief Executive Officer and director of Brocade Communications Systems, Inc., a networking solutions company, in early 2013. His tenure culminated in the sale of Brocade to Broadcom Ltd. for $5.5 billion in late 2017. Mr. Carney is currently a member of the board and audit committee of Visa, a leading credit card company. From 2005 to 2014, he was a member of the board of Cypress Semiconductor Corporation, where he served on the audit and compensation committees. He was also a member of the board of Technicolor (SA), a technology company in the media and entertainment sector from 2010 until 2015, where he chaired its technology committee. In addition, since 2007 he has served as Chief Executive Officer of Carney Global Ventures, LLC, a global investment vehicle. Mr. Carney holds a B.S. degree in Electrical Engineering Technology from Wentworth Institute of Technology, as well as a M.S. degree in Applied Business Management from Lesley College. We believe Mr. Carney is qualified to serve on our Board due to his extensive operational and management experience in the technology industry as well as the broad scope of experience he brings to bear.

Eric Benhamou, our President and Chief Financial Officer since June 14, 2018 and Director since inception, co-founded Bridge Communications, a specialist in computer network technologies in 1981. Bridge Communications later merged with 3Com Corporation, a networking equipment vendor, in 1987. Thereafter, he became Chief Executive Officer of 3Com, serving there from 1990 to 2000, and as chairman until 2010. As 3Com’s Chief Executive Officer, he led the company in acquiring US Robotics, the owner of Palm, Inc. the maker of the groundbreaking Palm Pilot. Palm, Inc. was thereafter spun off in 2000, and Mr. Benhamou served as its Chief Executive Officer until 2003. In 2003, Mr. Benhamou founded Benhamou Global Ventures (BGV), a venture capital firm focused on technology companies, specializing in cloud software, artificial intelligence cyber security, and mobile applications. Mr. Benhamou has been a member of the board of directors of Silicon Valley Bank since 2004. He has been a member of the board of directors of Finjan Holdings, a cybersecurity firm, since 2013. He served on the board of Cypress Semiconductor as chairman for over a decade, until 2017. He also serves on the board of several privately held technology companies, including Ayehu, an IT automation and orchestration platform, Totango, a provider of customer success software, Virtual Instruments, an IT infrastructure performance management platform, and 6dbytes, a food robotics company. He holds an M.S. from Stanford University’s School of Engineering and a Diplôme d’Ingénieur and a Doctorate from Ecole Nationale Supérieure d’Arts et Métiers, Paris. Mr. Benhamou taught entrepreneurship in various business schools around the world for over 10 years, principally at INSEAD, Stanford University and IDC’s Herzliya’s Arison School of Business, where he was a visiting professor. He also served on the Advisory Board of Stanford’s school of Engineering and the Board of Governors of Ben Gurion University of the Negev in Israel. We believe Mr. Benhamou is qualified to serve on our Board due to his extensive operational and management experience in the technology industry as well as his public company governance experience and his venture capital background.

Clark N. Callander has been serving as an independent director since October 4, 2018. Mr. Callander has overseen hundreds of merger and acquisition and financing transactions during his over 35-year career. As a co-founder in 2003 of Savvian LLC, a mergers and acquisitions advisory firm, and head of its Capital Market Advisory activity, he helped lead the firm through its merger with Japan’s GCA Holdings Corp. (GCA) in 2008 and the combined entity’s listing on the Tokyo Stock exchange and subsequent acquisition of its European subsidiary, Altium in 2016. Mr. Callander is currently employed as a Senior Advisor to GCA. Previously, from 1993 to 2002, he held the position of head of Corporate Finance at Robertson Stephens & Company. As a private investor, he has invested in dozens of companies and venture capital funds primarily in the technology industry and joined many of their advisory boards. In addition, Mr. Callander is an active investor and since 2012 has served on the Board of Managers at Albany Road Real Estate Partners LLC, a private real estate investment and management firm. He earned a B.S. from Stanford University and an M.B.A. from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. We believe he is well-qualified to serve as a Director because of his significant mergers and acquisitions experience and extensive knowledge and understanding of global financial markets and investing.

42

Irwin Federman has been serving as an independent director since October 4, 2018. His career spans over forty years as an executive, entrepreneur and investor in the technology industry. Mr. Federman led Monolithic Memories, a semiconductor company, as its Chief Executive Officer from 1979 until its merger with Advanced Micro Devices, or AMD, in 1987, after which he assumed the post of Vice-Chairman at AMD. In 1988, he became a Managing Director of Dillon, Read and Company, an investment banking firm. Mr. Federman then joined U.S. Venture Partners (USVP) as a Senior Partner, in 1990. USVP was then facing financial difficulties. Under his leadership, USVP’s performance improved, enabling the firm to raise nine consecutive venture funds over the ensuing 25 years. Mr. Federman presently serves as Senior Advisor at USVP. Mr. Federman has been an early investor in, and has served on the Board of Directors of, many technology start-up companies, including Check Point Software Technologies, Ltd. (NASDAQ:CHKP) (since 1995), Mellanox Technologies, Ltd. (NASDAQ:MLNX) (since 1999), MMC Networks Inc. (NASDAQ:MMCN) (1994 to 1998), Nuance Communications, Inc. (NASDAQ:NUAN) (1995 to 2001), SanDisk Corp. (NASDAQ:SNDK) (1988 to 2016) and Centillium Communications (NASDAQ:CTLM) (1998 to 2006). He presently serves on the Board of Directors of Check Point, and as Chairman of the Board of Directors of Mellanox. Mr. Federman served two one-year terms as Chairman of the Semiconductor Industry Association (SIA), and one six-year term as Chairman of the Dean’s Advisory Committee at Santa Clara University’s Leavey School of Business. He received a B.S. in Economics from Brooklyn College, and was awarded an honorary Doctorate in Engineering Science by Santa Clara University. We believe he is well-qualified to serve as a Director because of his significant experience in the financial and technology industries and extensive understanding of public company operations.

William Zerella has been serving as an independent director since October 4, 2018. Mr. Zerella has over 30 years of experience in technology businesses, including pre-revenue start-ups and companies in excess of $1 billion in revenue. Since June 2018, he has been the Chief Financial Officer of Luminar Technologies, an autonomous vehicle technology company. Prior to joining Luminar, Mr. Zerella was the Chief Financial Officer of Fitbit Inc. (NYSE: FIT), a maker of wearable fitness devices, from 2014 to June 2018. During his tenure at Fitbit, the company grew from $271 million in revenue to over $2 billion in revenue, with sales at 45,000 locations in 86 countries around the world. Mr. Zerella was part of the team managing Fitbit’s IPO in 2015, raising $841 million, at that time the largest consumer electronics IPO in history. From 2011 to 2014, Mr. Zerella served as Chief Financial Officer of Vocera Communications Inc. (NYSE:VCRA), a provider of voice-controlled patient communications products for the health-care industry. In 2012, he helped guide Vocera to the public markets and raise $80 million in its IPO. From 2006 to 2011, Mr. Zerella also served as Chief Financial Officer of Force10 Networks, a networking company that was acquired by Dell Inc. in 2011. Since 2016, Mr. Zerella has been a member of the board of directors of GroundTruth, a private global location technology company. Mr. Zerella is a Certified Public Accountant and holds an M.B.A. in Finance from the Leonard N. Stern School of Business at New York University. He also holds a B.S. in Accounting from the New York Institute of Technology. We believe he is well-qualified to serve as a Director because of his significant financial, operational, public market and public company experience.

Advisors

Alex Vieux is the Chief Executive Officer of Herring International, a Belgian corporation. Over the last 35 years, he has worked with and engaged C-suite executives from five continents, scouting disruptive companies later embraced by the markets. Red Herring has ranked the most prominent startups in the global technology industry and featured them in its publication since 1993. Many of the Red Herring “Top 100” end up being acquired or going public. Mr. Vieux started his career at Arthur Andersen/Accenture. Then he co-founded two technology companies, C●ATS Software and Renaissance Software, both fintech startups that either went public or were sold in the 1990’s. He also founded ETRE, The European Technology Roundtable Exhibition a yearly forum assembling 800 technology world leaders. He was elected on the Board of Directors of Tandem Computers and Computer Associates (listed on NYSE) Checkpoint Software, Commerce One, Computer Associates and Qualys (listed on NASDAQ) as well as dozens of private companies. A graduate of the Institute d’Etudes Politiques and the French business school HEC, Mr. Vieux also holds a law degree from the Universite de Paris and an MBA from Stanford University, where he was a Fulbright Scholar.

Steven Fletcher has advised numerous technology companies on mergers, acquisitions and other strategic transactions in his 24 year career as an investment banker. Mr. Fletcher worked in the Investment Banking Division at Goldman Sachs for more than eight years, where he held a number of leadership roles including head of Information Technology Services banking, head of Systems and Storage banking and head of the Private Placement Group. In 2003, he helped to start a new investment bank, GCA (formerly known as Savvian LLC), which has grown to over 400 professionals. Mr. Fletcher was a member of GCA’s U.S. management committee and head of the software group and co-head of the digital media group. Mr. Fletcher has worked on transactions with companies including some of the biggest names in the technology industry as well as hundreds of growth and middle-market technology companies. He holds a B.A. in Economics from UCLA and an M.B.A. in Finance from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

We currently expect our advisors to (i) assist us in sourcing and negotiating with potential business combination targets, (ii) provide their business insights when we assess potential business combination targets and (iii) upon our request, provide their business insights as we work to create additional value in the businesses that we acquire. In this regard, they will fulfill some of the same functions as our board members. However, our advisors have not had experience with blank check companies or special purpose acquisition companies in the past. Additionally, except as disclosed under “Principal Stockholders” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions,” our advisors have no other employment or compensation arrangements with us. Moreover, our advisors are not under any fiduciary obligations to us nor will they perform board or committee functions, nor do they have any voting or decision making capacity on our behalf. They are also not required to devote any specific amount of time to our efforts or be subject to the fiduciary requirements to which our board members are subject. Accordingly, if any of our advisors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for any of the entities to which he has fiduciary or contractual obligations, he will honor his fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such entity, and only present it to us if such entity rejects the opportunity. We may modify or expand our roster of advisors as we source potential business combination targets or create value in businesses that we may acquire.

43

Number and Terms of Office of Officers and Directors

We currently have five directors. Our board of directors are divided into three classes with only one class of directors being elected in each year and each class (except for those directors appointed prior to our first annual meeting of stockholders) serving a three-year term. The term of office of the first class of directors, consisting of Mr. Callander, will expire at our 2022 annual meeting of stockholders. The term of office of the second class of directors, consisting of Messrs. Federman and Zerella, will expire at the 2020 annual meeting of stockholders. The term of office of the third class of directors, consisting of Messrs. Carney and Benhamou, will expire at the 2021 annual meeting of stockholders.

Our officers are appointed by the board of directors and serve at the discretion of the board of directors, rather than for specific terms of office. Our board of directors is authorized to appoint persons to the offices set forth in our bylaws as it deems appropriate. Our bylaws provide that our officers may consist of a Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, President, Vice Presidents, Secretary, Treasurer, Assistant Secretaries and such other offices as may be determined by the board of directors.

Director Independence

NASDAQ listing standards require that a majority of our board of directors be independent. An “independent director” is defined generally as a person other than an officer or employee of the company or its subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship which in the opinion of the company’s board of directors, would interfere with the director’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. Our board of directors has determined that Messrs. Callander, Federman and Zerella are “independent directors” as defined in the NASDAQ listing standards and applicable SEC rules. Our independent directors will have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

Officer and Director Compensation

None of our officers has received any cash compensation for services rendered to us. Commencing on October 4, 2018, we pay an affiliate of our sponsor a total of $15,000 per month for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support. Upon completion of our initial business combination or our liquidation, we will cease paying these monthly fees. No compensation of any kind, including any finder’s fee, reimbursement, consulting fee or monies in respect of any payment of a loan, will be paid by us to our sponsor, officers and directors, or any affiliate of our sponsor or officers, prior to, or in connection with any services rendered in order to effectuate, the consummation of our initial business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is). However, these individuals will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our sponsor, officers or directors, or our or their affiliates. Any such payments prior to an initial business combination will be made using funds held outside the trust account. Other than quarterly audit committee review of such payments, we do not expect to have any additional controls in place governing our reimbursement payments to our directors and executive officers for their out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with identifying and consummating an initial business combination.

After the completion of our initial business combination, directors or members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting or management fees from the combined company. All of these fees will be fully disclosed to stockholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer materials or proxy solicitation materials furnished to our stockholders in connection with a proposed initial business combination. We have not established any limit on the amount of such fees that may be paid by the combined company to our directors or members of management. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of the proposed initial business combination, because the directors of the post-combination business will be responsible for determining officer and director compensation. Any compensation to be paid to our officers will be determined, or recommended to the board of directors for determination, either by a compensation committee constituted solely by independent directors or by a majority of the independent directors on our board of directors.

We do not intend to take any action to ensure that members of our management team maintain their positions with us after the consummation of our initial business combination, although it is possible that some or all of our officers and directors may negotiate employment or consulting arrangements to remain with us after our initial business combination. The existence or terms of any such employment or consulting arrangements to retain their positions with us may influence our management’s motivation in identifying or selecting a target business but we do not believe that the ability of our management to remain with us after the consummation of our initial business combination will be a determining factor in our decision to proceed with any potential business combination. We are not party to any agreements with our officers and directors that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.

44

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors have two standing committees: an audit committee and a compensation committee. Subject to phase-in rules and a limited exception, NASDAQ rules and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act require that the audit committee of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors, and NASDAQ rules require that the compensation committee of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors.

Audit Committee

Messrs. Callander, Federman and Zerella serve as members of our audit committee, and Mr. Zerella chairs the audit committee. Under the NASDAQ listing standards and applicable SEC rules, we are required to have at least three members of the audit committee, all of whom must be independent. Each of Messrs. Callander, Federman and Zerella meet the independent director standard under NASDAQ listing standards and under Rule 10-A-3(b)(1) of the Exchange Act.

Each member of the audit committee is financially literate and our board of directors has determined that Mr. Zerella qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in applicable SEC rules.

We have adopted an audit committee charter, which detail the principal functions of the audit committee, including:

● the appointment, compensation, retention, replacement, and oversight of the work of the independent registered public accounting firm engaged by us;

● pre-approving all audit and permitted non-audit services to be provided by the independent registered public accounting firm engaged by us, and establishing pre-approval policies and procedures;

● setting clear hiring policies for employees or former employees of the independent registered public accounting firm, including but not limited to, as required by applicable laws and regulations;

● setting clear policies for audit partner rotation in compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

● obtaining and reviewing a report, at least annually, from the independent registered public accounting firm describing (i) the independent registered public accounting firm’s internal quality-control procedures, (ii) any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review, or peer review, of the audit firm, or by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities within the preceding five years respecting one or more independent audits carried out by the firm and any steps taken to deal with such issues and (iii) all relationships between the independent registered public accounting firm and us to assess the independent registered public accounting firm’s independence;

● reviewing and approving any related party transaction required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC prior to us entering into such transaction; and

● reviewing with management, the independent registered public accounting firm, and our legal advisors, as appropriate, any legal, regulatory or compliance matters, including any correspondence with regulators or government agencies and any employee complaints or published reports that raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies and any significant changes in accounting standards or rules promulgated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the SEC or other regulatory authorities.

Compensation Committee

Messrs. Callander and Zerella serve as members of our compensation committee. Under the NASDAQ listing standards and applicable SEC rules, we are required to have at least two members of the compensation committee, all of whom must be independent. Messrs. Callander and Zerella are independent and Mr. Callander chairs the compensation committee.

We have adopted a compensation committee charter, which detail the principal functions of the compensation committee, including:

● reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our Chief Executive Officer’s compensation, if any is paid by us, evaluating our Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of our Chief Executive Officer based on such evaluation;

45

● reviewing and approving on an annual basis the compensation, if any is paid by us, of all of our other officers;

● reviewing on an annual basis our executive compensation policies and plans;

● implementing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;

● assisting management in complying with our proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;

● approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for our executive officers and employees;

● producing a report in executive compensation to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

● Reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, as indicated above, other than the payment to an affiliate of our sponsor of  $15,000 per month, for up to 18 months, for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support and reimbursement of expenses, no compensation of any kind, including finders, consulting or other similar fees, will be paid to any of our existing stockholders, officers, directors or any of their respective affiliates, prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate the consummation of an initial business combination. Accordingly, it is likely that prior to the consummation of an initial business combination, the compensation committee will only be responsible for the review and recommendation of any compensation arrangements to be entered into in connection with such initial business combination.

The charter also provides that the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser and will be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any such adviser. However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other adviser, the compensation committee will consider the independence of each such adviser, including the factors required by NASDAQ and the SEC.

Director Nominations

We do not have a standing nominating committee though we intend to form a corporate governance and nominating committee as and when required to do so by law or NASDAQ rules. In accordance with Rule 5605 of the NASDAQ rules, a majority of the independent directors may recommend a director nominee for selection by the board of directors. The board of directors believes that the independent directors can satisfactorily carry out the responsibility of properly selecting or approving director nominees without the formation of a standing nominating committee. The directors who participate in the consideration and recommendation of director nominees are Messrs. Callander, Federman and Zerella. In accordance with Rule 5605 of the NASDAQ rules, all such directors are independent. As there is no standing nominating committee, we do not have a nominating committee charter in place.

The board of directors will also consider director candidates recommended for nomination by our stockholders during such times as they are seeking proposed nominees to stand for election at the next annual meeting of stockholders (or, if applicable, a special meeting of stockholders). Our stockholders that wish to nominate a director for election to our board of directors should follow the procedures set forth in our bylaws.

We have not formally established any specific, minimum qualifications that must be met or skills that are necessary for directors to possess. In general, in identifying and evaluating nominees for director, the board of directors considers educational background, diversity of professional experience, knowledge of our business, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom, and the ability to represent the best interests of our stockholders.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the compensation committee of any entity that has one or more officers serving on our board of directors.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Ethics applicable to our directors, officers and employees. We have filed a copy of our Code of Ethics and our audit and compensation committee charters as exhibits to the registration statement filed in connection with our initial public offering. You will be able to review these documents by accessing our public filings at the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov. In addition, a copy of the Code of Ethics will be provided without charge upon request from us. We intend to disclose any amendments to or waivers of certain provisions of our Code of Ethics in a Current Report on Form 8-K.

46

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Compensation Discussion and Analysis  

None of our executive officers or directors has received any cash (or non-cash) compensation for services rendered to us. Our sponsor, executive officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our independent directors will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our sponsor, officers, directors or our or their affiliates.

After the completion of our initial business combination, directors or members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the combined company. All of these fees will be fully disclosed to stockholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer materials or proxy solicitation materials furnished to our stockholders in connection with a proposed business combination. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time, because the directors of the post-combination business will be responsible for determining executive and director compensation. Any compensation to be paid to our officers will be determined by our compensation committee.

We do not intend to take any action to ensure that members of our management team maintain their positions with us after the consummation of our initial business combination, although it is possible that some or all of our executive officers and directors may negotiate employment or consulting arrangements to remain with us after the initial business combination. The existence or terms of any such employment or consulting arrangements to retain their positions with us may influence our management’s motivation in identifying or selecting a target business but we do not believe that the ability of our management to remain with us after the consummation of our initial business combination will be a determining factor in our decision to proceed with any potential business combination. We are not party to any agreements with our executive officers and directors that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 4, 2020 based on information obtained from the persons named below, with respect to the beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock, by:

● each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock;

● each of our executive officers and directors that beneficially owns shares of our common stock; and

● all our executive officers and directors as a group.

In the table below, percentage ownership is based on 28,140,000 shares of our Class A common stock, which includes Class A common stock underlying the units sold in our initial public offering and private placement, and 5,500,000 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of March 4, 2020. Voting power represents the combined voting power of Class A common stock and Class B common stock owned beneficially by such person. On all matters to be voted upon, the holders of the Class A common stock and the Class B common stock vote together as a single class. Currently, all of the shares of Class B common stock are convertible into shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. The table below does not include the shares of Class A common stock underlying the private placement units held or to be held by our officers or sponsor because these securities are not exercisable within 60 days of this report.

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock beneficially owned by them.

	Class A Common Stock					Class B Common Stock						Approximate
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner (1)	Number of Shares Beneficially Owned		Approximate Percentage of Class			Number of Shares Beneficially Owned			Approximate Percentage of Class			Percentage of Outstanding Common Stock
ChaSerg Technology Sponsor LLC (1)		530,000		2.3	%		5,500,000	(2)		100.0	%		21.4	%
Lloyd Carney		—		—			—			—			—
Eric Benhamou		—		—			—			—			—
Clark N. Callander		—		—			—			—			—
Irwin Federman		—		—			—			—			—
William Zerella		—		—			—			—			—
All directors and executive officers as a group (5 individuals)		—		—			5,500,000	(2)		100.0	%		19.5	%
BlueCrest Capital Management Limited (3)		1,257,200		5.6	%		—			—			4.5	%
Basso SPAC Fund LLC (4)		1,200,801		5.3	%		—			—			4.3	%
AQR Capital Management, LLC (5)		1,440,000		6.4	%		—			—			5.1	%
MMCAP International Inc. SPC // MM Asset Management Inc. (6)		2,000,000		8.83	%								7.11	%

47

1)	ChaSerg Technology Sponsor LLC, our sponsor, is the record holder of the shares reported herein. Each of our officers and directors and advisors is or will be, directly or indirectly, a member of our sponsor. There are three managing members of our sponsor, Lloyd Carney, Alex Vieux and Steven Fletcher. Each manager has one vote, and the approval of two of the three managing members is required to approve an action of our sponsor. Under the so-called “rule of three”, if voting and dispositive decisions regarding an entity’s securities are made by three or more individuals, and a voting or dispositive decision requires the approval of a majority of those individuals, then none of the individuals is deemed a beneficial owner of the entity’s securities. Based upon the foregoing, no individual managing member of our sponsor exercises voting or dispositive control over any of the securities held by our sponsor, even those in which he directly holds a pecuniary interest. Accordingly, none of them will be deemed to have or share beneficial ownership of such shares. The business address of each of these entities and individuals is at 7660 Fay Avenue, Suite H, Unit 339, La Jolla, CA 92037.
2)	Interests shown consist solely of founder shares, classified as shares of Class B common stock. Such shares are convertible into shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment.
3)	According to a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on January 18, 2018, BlueCrest Capital Management Limited serves as investment manager to BSMA Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company, with respect to the shares held for the account of BSMA Limited. BlueCrest Capital Management (New York) LP acts as sub-investment manager of BSMA Limited, and reports to BlueCrest Capital Management Limited.  Michael Platt serves as principal, director, and control person of BlueCrest Capital Management Limited. The address of the principal business office of each of BlueCrest Capital Management Limited and Michael Platt is Ground Floor, Harbour Reach, La Rue de Carteret, St Helier, Jersey, Channel Islands JE2 4HR.

4)	According to a Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on January 11, 2018, Basso Management, LLC is the manager of Basso SPAC Fund LLC. Basso Capital Management, L.P. serves as the investment manager of Basso SPAC Fund LLC. Basso GP, LLC is the general partner of BCM. Mr. Fischer is the sole portfolio manager for Basso SPAC, the Chief Executive Officer and a founding partner of Basso Capital Management, L.P., and a member of each of Basso Management, LLC and Basso GP, LLC. Accordingly, each of Basso Management, LLC, Basso Capital Management, L.P., Basso GP, LLC and Howard I. Fischer may be deemed to indirectly beneficially own the shares held by Basso SPAC Fund LLC. The address of the principal business office of each of the reporting persons is 1266 East Main, Street, Fourth Floor, Stamford, Connecticut 06902.
5)	According to a Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 14, 2018, AQR Capital Management, LLC is a wholly owned subsidiary of AQR Capital Management Holdings, LLC. CNH Partners, LLC is deemed to be controlled by AQR Capital Management, LLC. AQR Capital Management, LLC, and CNH Partners, LLC act as investment manager to AQR Absolute Return Master Account, L.P. AQR Principal Global Asset Allocation, LLC is the general partner of AQR Absolute Return Master Account, L.P. The address of the principal business office of each of the reporting persons is Two Greenwich Plaza Greenwich, CT 06830.
6)	According to a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on October 10, 2018 by MMCAP International Inc. SPC and MM Asset Management Inc., a Cayman Island exempted company with the address of the principal place of business being George Town Financial Centre, 90 Fort Street, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands and a Canadian company with the address of principal place of business being 66 Wellington Street West, Suite 2707 Toronto, Ontario M5K 1H6 Canada, respectfully.

Changes in Control

None.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

In May 2018, we issued an aggregate of 5,750,000 founder shares to our sponsor for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000 in cash, or approximately $0.004 per share. Prior to the initial investment in the company of $25,000 by our sponsor, the company had no assets, tangible or intangible. The number of founder shares issued was determined based on the expectation that such founder shares would represent 20% of the outstanding shares upon completion of our initial public offering (not including the placement shares underlying the placement units purchased separately by our sponsor and Cantor and its designees in the private placement). On October 25, 2018, the underwriters in the Company’s initial public offering elected to exercise a portion of the over-allotment option for 2,000,000 additional units. As a result of such partial exercise, our sponsor forfeited 250,000 founder shares. The founder shares may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by the holder.

48

In October 2018, our sponsor and Cantor and its designees purchased an aggregate of 640,000 placement units at a price of $10.00 per placement unit, for an aggregate purchase price of $6,400,000, of which our sponsor purchased 530,000 placement units and Cantor and its designees purchased 110,000 placement units, in a private placement that occurred simultaneously with the closing of the Company’s initial public offering and the over-allotment. There are no redemption rights or liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to the founder shares, placement shares or placement warrants, which will expire worthless if we do not consummate a business combination within the allotted 18 month period.

Commencing on October 4, 2018, we pay First In Line Enterprises, Inc., an affiliate of our sponsor, a total of $15,000 per month for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support. Upon completion of our initial business combination or our liquidation, we will cease paying these monthly fees.

Other than the foregoing, no compensation of any kind, including any finder’s fee, reimbursement, consulting fee or monies in respect of any payment of a loan, will be paid by us to our sponsor, officers and directors, or any affiliate of our sponsor or officers, prior to, or in connection with any services rendered in order to effectuate, the consummation of an initial business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is). However, these individuals will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our sponsor, officers, directors or our or their affiliates and will determine which expenses and the amount of expenses that will be reimbursed. There is no cap or ceiling on the reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such persons in connection with activities on our behalf.

Prior to the closing of our initial public offering, our sponsor agreed to loan us up to $300,000 to be used for a portion of the expenses of our initial public offering. These loans are non-interest bearing, unsecured and are due at the earlier of December 31, 2019 or the closing of our initial public offering. The loan was fully repaid on October 10, 2019.

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete an initial business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that the initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our trust account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into units, at a price of $10.00 per unit at the option of the lender. The units would be identical to the placement units. The terms of such loans by our officers and directors, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. We do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account.

After our initial business combination, members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the combined company with any and all amounts being fully disclosed to our stockholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer or proxy solicitation materials, as applicable, furnished to our stockholders. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of distribution of such tender offer materials or at the time of a stockholder meeting held to consider our initial business combination, as applicable, as it will be up to the directors of the post-combination business to determine executive and director compensation.

The holders of the founder shares, placement units, and units that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans (and in each case holders of their component securities, as applicable) will have registration rights to require us to register a sale of any of our securities held by them pursuant to a registration rights agreement signed on October 4, 2018. These holders will be entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form registration demands, that we register such securities for sale under the Securities Act. In addition, these holders will have “piggy-back” registration rights to include their securities in other registration statements filed by us.

All ongoing and future transactions between us and any of our officers and directors or their respective affiliates will be on terms believed by us to be no less favorable to us than are available from unaffiliated third parties. Such transactions, including the payment of any compensation, will require prior approval by a majority of our uninterested “independent” directors (to the extent we have any) or the members of our board who do not have an interest in the transaction, in either case who had access, at our expense, to our attorneys or independent legal counsel. We will not enter into any such transaction unless our disinterested “independent” directors (or, if there are no “independent” directors, our disinterested directors) determine that the terms of such transaction are no less favorable to us than those that would be available to us with respect to such a transaction from unaffiliated third parties.

49

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

The following is a summary of fees paid or to be paid to WithumSmith+Brown, PC, or Withum, for services rendered.

Audit Fees. Audit fees consist of fees for professional services rendered for the audit of our year-end financial statements and services that are normally provided by Withum in connection with regulatory filings. The aggregate fees billed by Withum for professional services rendered for the audit of our annual financial statements, review of the financial information included in our Forms 10-Q for the respective periods and other required filings with the SEC for the period from May 21, 2018 (inception) through December 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2019 totaled $43,000 and $46,000. The above amounts include interim procedures and audit fees, as well as attendance at audit committee meetings.

Audit-Related Fees. Audit-related fees consist of fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to performance of the audit or review of our financial statements and are not reported under “Audit Fees.” These services include attest services that are not required by statute or regulation and consultations concerning financial accounting and reporting standards. During the period from May 21, 2018 (date of inception) to December 31, 2018, and the year ended December 31, 2019 we did not pay Withum any audit-related fees.

Tax Fees. For the period from May 21, 2018 (date of inception) to December 31, 2018, and the year ended December 31, 2019, we paid Withum $0 and $4,500, respectively, for tax return services, planning and tax advice.

All Other Fees. We did not pay Withum for any other services for the period from May 21, 2018 (date of inception) to December 31, 2018, and the year ended December 31, 2019.

Pre-Approval Policy

Our audit committee was formed upon the consummation of our initial public offering. As a result, the audit committee did not pre-approve all of the foregoing services, although any services rendered prior to the formation of our audit committee were approved by our board of directors. Since the formation of our audit committee, and on a going-forward basis, the audit committee has and will pre-approve all auditing services and permitted non-audit services to be performed for us by our auditors, including the fees and terms thereof (subject to the de minimis exceptions for non-audit services described in the Exchange Act which are approved by the audit committee prior to the completion of the audit).

50

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this report:

(1) Financial Statements

(2) Financial Statements Schedule

All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the amounts are immaterial and not required, or the required information is presented in the financial statements and notes thereto in is Item 15 of Part IV below.

(3) Exhibits

We hereby file as part of this report the exhibits listed in the attached Exhibit Index. Exhibits which are incorporated herein by reference can be obtained on the SEC website at www.sec.gov.

51

CHASERG TECHNOLOGY ACQUISITION CORP.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets	F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations	F-4
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity	F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows	F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	F-7 to F-18

F-1

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of

ChaSerg Technology Acquisition Corp.

Opinion on the Financial Statement

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ChaSerg Technology Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2019 and for the period from May 21, 2018 (inception) through December 31, 2018, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2019 and for the period from May 21, 2018 (inception) through December 31, 2018, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Going Concern

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, if the Company is unable to raise additional funds to alleviate liquidity needs and does not complete a business combination by April 9, 2020, then the Company will cease all operations except for the purpose of winding down and liquidating. The mandatory liquidation and subsequent dissolution and unfavorable liquidity condition raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statement is free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statement, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statement. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statement. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PC

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.

New York, New York

March 3, 2020

F-2

CHASERG TECHNOLOGY ACQUISTION CORP.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

	December 31,			December 31,
	2019			2018
ASSETS
Current Assets
Cash	$	141,583		$	1,011,224
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		137,548			194,482
Total Current Assets		279,131			1,205,706
Cash and marketable securities held in Trust Account		224,016,036			221,158,467
Total Assets	$	224,295,167		$	222,364,173
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
Accounts payable and accrued expenses	$	5,359,165		$	216,493
Accrued offering costs		—			11,250
Income taxes payable		18,898			217,377
Advance from related party		20,000			—
Convertible promissory note – related party		300,000			—
Total Current Liabilities		5,698,063			445,120
Deferred underwriting fees		7,700,000			7,700,000
Total Liabilities		13,398,063			8,145,120
Commitments
Common stock subject to possible redemption, 20,589,710 and 20,921,905 shares at approximately $10.00 per share as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively		205,897,100			209,219,050
Stockholders’ Equity
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding		—			—
Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 2,050,290 and 1,718,095 issued and outstanding (excluding 20,589,710 and 20,921,905 shares subject to possible redemption) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively		205			172
Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; 5,500,000 shares issued and outstanding		550			550
Additional paid-in capital		7,705,834			4,383,917
(Accumulated deficit)/Retained earnings		(2,706,585	)		615,364
Total Stockholders’ Equity		5,000,004			5,000,003
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity	$	224,295,167		$	222,364,173

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-3

CHASERG TECHNOLOGY ACQUISTION CORP.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

	Year Ended December 31,			For the Period from May 21, 2018 (Inception) Through December 31,
	2019			2018
General and administrative expenses	$	7,143,705		$	325,726
Loss from operations		(7,143,705	)		(325,726	)
Other income:
Interest earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account		4,664,912			1,158,467
(Loss) income before provision for income taxes		(2,478,793	)		832,741
Provision for income taxes		(843,156	)		(217,377	)
Net (loss) income	$	(3,321,949	)	$	615,364
Weighted average shares outstanding of Class A redeemable common stock		22,000,000			21,654,321
Basic and diluted income per share, Class A	$	0.14		$	0.04
Weighted average shares outstanding of Class A and Class B non-redeemable common stock		6,140,000			5,733,422
Basic and diluted net loss per share, Class A and Class B	$	(1.06	)	$	(0.04	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-4

CHASERG TECHNOLOGY ACQUISTION CORP.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

													Additional			(Accumulated Deficit)/			Total
	Class A Common Stock						Class B Common Stock						Paid in			Retained			Stockholders’
	Shares			Amount			Shares			Amount			Capital			Earnings			Equity
Balance – May 21, 2018 (inception)		—		$	—			—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Issuance of Founder Shares to Sponsor		—			—			5,750,000			575			24,425			—			25,000
Sale of 22,000,000 Units, net of underwriting discounts and offering expenses		22,000,000			2,200			—			—			207,176,489			—			207,178,689
Sale of 640,000 Private Units		640,000			64			—			—			6,399,936			—			6,400,000
Forfeiture of Founder Shares		—			—			(250,000	)		(25	)		25			—			—
Common stock subject to possible redemption		(20,921,905	)		(2,092	)		—			—			(209,216,958	)		—			(209,219,050	)
Net income		—			—			—			—			—			615,364			615,364
Balance – December 31, 2018		1,718,095			172			5,500,000			550			4,383,917			615,364			5,000,003
Change in value of common stock subject to possible redemption		332,195			33			—			—			3,321,917			—			3,321,950
Net loss		—			—			—			—			—			(3,321,949	)		(3,321,949	)
Balance – December 31, 2019		2,050,290		$	205			5,500,000		$	550		$	7,705,834		$	(2,706,585	)	$	5,000,004

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-5

CHASERG TECHNOLOGY ACQUISTION CORP.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS  

	Year Ended December 31,			For the Period from May 21, 2018 (Inception) Through December 31,
	2019			2018
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
Net (loss) income	$	(3,321,949	)	$	615,364
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash used in operating activities:
Interest earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account		(4,664,912	)		(1,158,467	)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		56,934			(194,482	)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses		5,142,672			216,493
Income taxes payable		(198,479	)		217,377
Net cash used in operating activities		(2,985,734	)		(303,715	)
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
Cash withdrawn from Trust Account to pay franchise and income taxes		1,807,343			—
Investment of cash into Trust Account		—			(220,000,000	)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		1,807,343			(220,000,000	)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
Proceeds from issuance of Class B common stock to Sponsor		—			25,000
Proceeds from sale of Units, net of underwriting discounts paid		—			215,600,000
Proceeds from sale of Placement Units		—			6,400,000
Advances from related party		20,000			23,100
Repayment of advances from related party		—			(23,100	)
Proceeds from convertible promissory note – related party		300,000			—
Proceeds from promissory note - related party		—			300,000
Repayment of promissory note - related party		—			(300,000	)
Payment of offering costs		(11,250	)		(710,061	)
Net cash provided by financing activities		308,750			221,314,939
Net Change in Cash		(869,641	)		1,011,224
Cash – Beginning of period		1,011,224			—
Cash – End of period	$	141,583		$	1,011,224
Supplementary cash flow information:
Cash paid for income taxes	$	1,041,635		$	—
Non-Cash investing and financing activities:
Change in value of common stock subject to possible redemption	$	(3,321,950	)	$	209,219,050
Deferred underwriting fees charged to additional paid in capital	$	—		$	7,700,000

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-6

CHASERG TECHNOLOGY ACQUISTION CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

NOTE 1. DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS

ChaSerg Technology Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”) was incorporated in Delaware on May 21, 2018. The Company was formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses (the “Business Combination”).

The Company’s subsidiaries are comprised of CS Merger Sub 1 Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company incorporated on November 12, 2019 as a California corporation (“Merger Sub 1”), and CS Merger Sub 2 LLC., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company incorporated on November 8, 2019 as a Delaware limited liability corporation (“Merger Sub 2”).

Although the Company is not limited to a particular industry or sector for purposes of consummating a Business Combination, the Company intends to focus its search on companies in the technology industry. The Company is an early stage and emerging growth company and, as such, the Company is subject to all of the risks associated with early stage and emerging growth companies.

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity for the period from May 21, 2018 (inception) through December 31, 2019 relates to the Company’s formation, its initial public offering (“Initial Public Offering”), which is described below, identifying a target company for a Business Combination and the proposed acquisition of Grid Dynamics International, Inc., a California corporation (“Grid Dynamics”) (see Note 6). The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of its initial Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company will generate non-operating income in the form of interest income from the proceeds derived from the Initial Public Offering.

The registration statement for the Company’s Initial Public Offering was declared effective on October 4, 2018. On October 10, 2018, the Company consummated the Initial Public Offering of 20,000,000 units (“Units” and, with respect to the Class A common stock included in the Units offered, the “Public Shares”) at $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $200,000,000, which is described in Note 3. 

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the sale of 600,000 units (the “Placement Units”) at a price of $10.00 per Placement Unit in a private placement to ChaSerg Technology Sponsor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Sponsor”) and Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. (“Cantor”), generating gross proceeds of $6,000,000, which is described in Note 4.

Following the closing of the Initial Public Offering on October 10, 2018, an amount of $200,000,000 ($10.00 per Unit) from the net proceeds of the sale of the Units in the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Placement Units was placed in a trust account (“Trust Account”) which was invested in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), with a maturity of 180 days or less or in any open-ended investment company that holds itself out as a money market fund selected by the Company meeting the conditions of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act, as determined by the Company, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of a Business Combination and (ii) the distribution of the Trust Account, as described below.

On October 25, 2018, in connection with the underwriters’ election to partially exercise their over-allotment option, the Company sold an additional 2,000,000 Units at $10.00 per Unit and sold an additional 40,000 Placement Units at $10.00 per Placement Unit, generating total gross proceeds of $20,400,000. Following such closing, an additional $20,000,000 of net proceeds ($10.00 per Unit) was deposited in the Trust Account, resulting in $220,000,000 ($10.00 per Unit) held in the Trust Account.

Transaction costs amounted to $12,821,311, consisting of $4,400,000 of underwriting fees, $7,700,000 of deferred underwriting fees and $721,311 of legal and other costs. In addition, as of December 31, 2019, $141,583 of cash was held outside of the Trust Account and is available for working capital purposes.

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of Placement Units, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummating a Business Combination. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to complete a Business Combination successfully. The Company must complete one or more initial Business Combinations having an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the Trust Account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on interest earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial Business Combination. However, the Company will only complete a Business Combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”).

F-7

CHASERG TECHNOLOGY ACQUISTION CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

The Company will provide its holders of the outstanding Public Shares (the “Public Stockholders”) with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares upon the completion of a Business Combination either (i) in connection with a stockholder meeting called to approve the Business Combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether the Company will seek stockholder approval of a Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion. The Public Stockholders will be entitled to redeem their Public Shares for a pro rata portion of the amount then in the Trust Account ($10.00 per Public Share, plus any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay its franchise and income tax obligations). The per-share amount to be distributed to Public Stockholders who redeem their Public Shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions the Company will pay to the underwriters (as discussed in Note 6). There will be no redemption rights upon the completion of a Business Combination with respect to the Company’s warrants. The Company will proceed with a Business Combination if the Company has net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation of a Business Combination and, if the Company seeks stockholder approval, a majority of the shares voted are voted in favor of the Business Combination. If a stockholder vote is not required by law and the Company does not decide to hold a stockholder vote for business or other legal reasons, the Company will, pursuant to its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation”), conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing a Business Combination. If, however, stockholder approval of the transactions is required by law, or the Company decides to obtain stockholder approval for business or legal reasons, the Company will offer to redeem shares in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to the proxy rules and not pursuant to the tender offer rules. If the Company seeks stockholder approval in connection with a Business Combination, the Company’s Sponsor has agreed to vote its Founder Shares (as defined in Note 5), Placement Shares (as defined in Note 4) and any Public Shares purchased during or after the Initial Public Offering in favor of approving a Business Combination. Additionally, each Public Stockholder may elect to redeem their Public Shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction.

If the Company seeks stockholder approval of a Business Combination and it does not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that a Public Stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% or more of the Public Shares, without the prior consent of the Company.

The Sponsor has agreed (a) to waive its redemption rights with respect to its Founder Shares, Placement Shares and Public Shares held by it in connection with the completion of a Business Combination and (b) not to propose an amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (i) that would affect the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of its Public Shares if the Company does not complete a Business Combination or (ii) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-business combination activity, unless the Company provides the Public Stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their Public Shares in conjunction with any such amendment.

The Company has until April 9, 2020 to consummate a Business Combination (the “Combination Period”). If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination by the end of the Combination Period, the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay franchise and income taxes (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish Public Stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the Company’s remaining stockholders and the Company’s board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to the Company’s obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to the Company’s warrants, which will expire worthless if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period.

The Sponsor has agreed to waive its liquidation rights with respect to the Founder Shares and Placement Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. However, if the Sponsor acquires Public Shares in or after the Initial Public Offering, such Public Shares will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. The underwriters have agreed to waive their rights to their deferred underwriting commission (see Note 6) held in the Trust Account in the event the Company does not complete a Business Combination within in the Combination Period and, in such event, such amounts will be included with the other funds held in the Trust Account that will be available to fund the redemption of the Public Shares. In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the assets remaining available for distribution will be less than $10.00 per share.

In order to protect the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Sponsor has agreed to be liable to the Company if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to the Company, or a prospective target business with which the Company has discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below (i) $10.00 per share or (ii) the actual amount per Public Share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account, if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets. This liability will not apply with respect to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account or to any claims under the Company’s indemnity of the underwriters of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, the Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. The Company will seek to reduce the possibility that the Sponsor will have to indemnify the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers (except for the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses or other entities with which the Company does business, execute agreements with the Company waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account.

F-8

CHASERG TECHNOLOGY ACQUISTION CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

Liquidity and Going Concern

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had a cash balance of approximately $142,000 and a working capital deficit of approximately $5,419,000. In addition, the Company had $224,016,036 in the Trust Account, which includes interest income of approximately $4,016,000 from the Company’s investments in the Trust Account which is available to the Company to pay its tax obligations.

The Company intends to use substantially all of the funds held in the Trust Account, including any amounts representing interest earned on the Trust Account (less taxes payable and deferred underwriting commissions) to complete its initial Business Combination. To the extent necessary, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or certain of the Company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required, up to $1,500,000. Such loans may be convertible into units of the post Business Combination entity at a price of $10.00 per unit. The units would be identical to the Placement Units (see Note 5).

If the Company’s estimates of the costs of identifying a target business, undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating a Business Combination are less than the actual amount necessary to do so, the Company may have insufficient funds available to operate its business prior to a Business Combination. Moreover, the Company may need to obtain additional financing either to complete a Business Combination or because it becomes obligated to redeem a significant number of its Public Shares upon completion of a Business Combination, in which case the Company may issue additional securities or incur debt in connection with such Business Combination.

In connection with the Company’s assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with Financial Accounting Standard Board’s Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-15, “Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern,” management has determined that the working capital deficit and mandatory liquidation and subsequent dissolution raises substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. No adjustments have been made to the carrying amounts of assets or liabilities should the Company be required to liquidate after April 9, 2020.

NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements are presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC.

Principles of consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Emerging Growth Company

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

F-9

CHASERG TECHNOLOGY ACQUISTION CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.

Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future events. Accordingly, the actual results could differ significantly from the Company’s estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company did not have any cash equivalents as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.

Common Stock Subject to Possible Redemption  

The Company accounts for its common stock subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Common stock subject to mandatory redemption is classified as a liability instrument and is measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable common stock (including common stock that features redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) is classified as temporary equity. At all other times, common stock is classified as stockholders’ equity. The Company’s common stock, sold in the Public Offering, features certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of the Company’s control and subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. The shares of common stock sold in the private placements do not contain these rights. Accordingly, at December 31, 2019 and 2018, 20,589,710 and 20,921,905 shares of common stock subject to possible redemption, respectively, are presented as temporary equity, outside of the stockholders’ equity section of the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

Offering Costs

Offering costs consist of legal, accounting, underwriting fees and other costs incurred through the balance sheet date that are directly related to the Initial Public Offering. Offering costs amounting to $12,821,311 were charged to stockholders’ equity upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering.

Income Taxes

The Company follows the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes under ASC 740, “Income Taxes.” Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statements carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that included the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. There were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penalties as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position. The Company is subject to income tax examinations by major taxing authorities since inception.

Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share

Net income (loss) per common share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. The Company has not considered the effect of warrants sold in the Initial Public Offering and private placement to purchase 11,320,000 shares of Class A common stock in the calculation of diluted income (loss) per share, since the exercise of the warrants are contingent upon the occurrence of future events and the inclusion of such warrants would be anti-dilutive.

F-10

CHASERG TECHNOLOGY ACQUISTION CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

The Company’s statement of operations includes a presentation of income (loss) per share for common shares subject to redemption in a manner similar to the two-class method of income per share. Net income per common share, basic and diluted for Class A redeemable common stock is calculated by dividing the interest income earned on the Trust Account (net of applicable franchise and income taxes of approximately $1,493,000 and $341,000 for the year ended December 31, 2019 and for the period from May 21, 2018 (inception) through December 31, 2018, respectively), by the weighted average number of Class A redeemable common stock outstanding during the period. Net loss per common share, basic and diluted for Class A and Class B non-redeemable common stock is calculated by dividing the net income (loss), less income attributable to Class A redeemable common stock, by the weighted average number of Class A and Class B non-redeemable common stock outstanding for the period. Class A and Class B non-redeemable common stock includes the Founder Shares and the Placement Units as these shares do not have any redemption features and do not participate in the income earned on the Trust Account.

The following table reflects the calculation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share:

	Year Ended December 31,  2019			For the Period from May 21, 2018 (inception) Through December 31, 2018
Redeemable Common Stock
Numerator: Earnings allocable to Redeemable Common Stock
Interest Income	$	4,664,912		$	1,158,467
Income and Franchise Tax	$	(1,493,035	)	$	(340,715	)
Net Earnings	$	3,171,877		$	817,752
Denominator: Weighted Average Redeemable Common Stock
Redeemable Common Stock, Basic and Diluted		22,000,000			21,654,321
Earnings/Basic and Diluted Redeemable Common Stock	$	0.14		$	0.04
Non-Redeemable Common Stock
Numerator: Net Loss minus Redeemable Net Earnings
Net (Loss) Income	$	(3,321,949	)	$	615,364
Redeemable Net Earnings	$	(3,171,877	)	$	(817,752	)
Non-Redeemable Net Loss	$	(6,493,826	)	$	(202,388	)
Denominator: Weighted Average Non-Redeemable Common Stock
Non-Redeemable Common Stock, Basic and Diluted (1)		6,140,000			5,733,422
Loss/Basic and Diluted Non-Redeemable Common Stock	$	(1.06	)	$	(0.04	)

Note: As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, basic and diluted shares are the same as there are no securities that are dilutive to the Company’s common stockholders.

(1) The weighted average non-redeemable common stock for the year ended December 31, 2019 includes the effect of 717,500 Private Units, which were issued in conjunction with the initial public offering on February 11, 2019.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist of a cash account in a financial institution which, at times may exceed the Federal Depository Insurance Coverage of $250,000. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company has not experienced losses on this account and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such account.

F-11

CHASERG TECHNOLOGY ACQUISTION CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

Financial Instruments

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, primarily due to their short-term nature.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting pronouncements, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  

NOTE 3. PUBLIC OFFERING

Pursuant to the Initial Public Offering, the Company sold 22,000,000 Units at a price of $10.00 per Unit, inclusive of 2,000,000 Units sold to the underwriters on October 25, 2018 upon the underwriters’ election to partially exercise their over-allotment option. Each Unit consists of one share of Class A common stock and one-half of one redeemable warrant (“Public Warrant”). Each whole Public Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment (see Note 7). 

NOTE 4. PRIVATE PLACEMENT

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Sponsor and Cantor purchased an aggregate of 600,000 Placement Units at a price of $10.00 per Placement Unit, for an aggregate purchase price of $6,000,000, of which the Sponsor purchased 500,000 Placement Units and the underwriters purchased 100,000 Placement Units. On October 25, 2018, in connection with the underwriters’ election to partially exercise their over-allotment option, the Company sold an additional 30,000 Placement Units to the Sponsor and 10,000 Placement Units to the underwriters, at a price of $10.00 per Placement Unit, generating gross proceeds of $400,000. Each Placement Unit consists of one share of Class A common stock (“Placement Share”) and one-half of one redeemable warrant (each, a “Placement Warrant”). Each whole Placement Warrant is exercisable to purchase one share of Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share. The proceeds from the Placement Units were added to the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering held in the Trust Account. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the proceeds from the sale of the Placement Units will be used to fund the redemption of the Public Shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law), and the Placement Units and all underlying securities will expire worthless. 

NOTE 5. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Founder Shares

On May 30, 2018, the Sponsor purchased 5,750,000 shares (the “Founder Shares”) of the Company’s Class B common stock for an aggregate price of $25,000. The Founder Shares included an aggregate of up to 750,000 shares subject to forfeiture to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option was not exercised in full or in part, so that the Sponsor would own, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares after the Initial Public Offering (assuming the Sponsor did not purchase any Public Shares in the Initial Public Offering and excluding the Placement Units). As a result of the underwriters’ election to partially exercise their over-allotment option, 250,000 Founder Shares were forfeited and 500,000 Founder Shares are no longer subject to forfeiture.

F-12

CHASERG TECHNOLOGY ACQUISTION CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

The Founder Shares will automatically convert into Class A common stock upon consummation of a Business Combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to certain adjustments, as described in Note 7.

The Sponsor has agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of its Founder Shares until the earlier to occur of: (A) one year after the completion of a Business Combination or (B) subsequent to a Business Combination, (x) if the last sale price of the Class A common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after a Business Combination, or (y) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, capital stock exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of the Company’s stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of common stock for cash, securities or other property.

Related Party Advances

During year ended December 31, 2019, the Company’s Sponsor advanced an aggregate of $20,000 to be used for working capital purposes. The advances are non-interest bearing, unsecured and due on demand. Advances amounting to $20,000 were outstanding as of December 31, 2019.

Related Party Loans

On May 23, 2018, the Company issued a promissory note to the Sponsor, pursuant to which the Company borrowed an aggregate of $300,000 to cover expenses related to the Initial Public Offering (the “Promissory Note”). The Promissory Note was non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of March 31, 2019 or the completion of the Initial Public Offering. The Promissory Note was repaid upon the consummation of the Initial Public Offering on October 10, 2018.

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or certain of the Company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). If the Company completes a Business Combination, the Company would repay the Working Capital Loans out of the proceeds of the Trust Account released to the Company. Otherwise, the Working Capital Loans would be repaid only out of funds held outside the Trust Account. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such Working Capital Loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. The Working Capital Loans would either be repaid upon consummation of a Business Combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1,500,000 of such Working Capital Loans may be convertible into units of the post Business Combination entity at a price of $10.00 per unit. The units would be identical to the Placement Units.

Convertible Promissory Note – Related Party

In November 2019, the Company issued an unsecured convertible promissory note to the Sponsor, pursuant to which the Company borrowed an aggregate principal amount of $300,000. The note is non-interest bearing and payable upon the consummation of a Business Combination. The note may be converted upon consummation of a Business Combination into additional Private Units at a price of $10.00 per Unit (see below). As of December 31, 2019, there was $300,000 outstanding under the promissory note.

Administrative Support Agreement

The Company entered into an agreement whereby, commencing on October 10, 2018 through the earlier of the Company’s consummation of a Business Combination and its liquidation, to pay an affiliate of the Sponsor a total of $15,000 per month for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support. For the year ended December 31, 2019 and for the period from May 21, 2018 (inception) through December 31, 2018, the Company incurred $180,000 and $30,000 in fees for these services, respectively. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, $75,000 and $30,000 of such fees is included in accounts payable and accrued expenses in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, respectively.

F-13

CHASERG TECHNOLOGY ACQUISTION CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

NOTE 6. COMMITMENTS

Registration Rights

Pursuant to a registration rights agreement entered into on October 4, 2018, the holders of the Founder Shares, Placement Units (including securities contained therein) and securities that may be issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans (and any shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Placement Warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans and upon conversion of the Founder Shares) will be entitled to registration rights requiring the Company to register such securities for resale (in the case of the Founder Shares, only after conversion to Class A common stock). The holders of the majority of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, that the Company register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the completion of a Business Combination and rights to require the Company to register for resale such securities pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the underwriters may not exercise their demand and “piggyback” registration rights after five (5) and seven (7) years after the effective date of the registration statement and may not exercise their demand rights on more than one occasion. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Underwriting Agreement

The Company granted the underwriters a 45-day option to purchase up to 3,000,000 additional Units to cover over-allotments at the Initial Public Offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. On October 25, 2018, the underwriters elected to partially exercise their over-allotment option to purchase 2,000,000 Units at a purchase price of $10.00 per Unit.

In connection with the closing of the Initial Public Offering and the over-allotment option, the underwriters were paid a cash underwriting discount $4,400,000. In addition, the underwriters are entitled to a deferred fee of $0.35 per Unit, or $7,700,000 in the aggregate. The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that the Company completes a Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.

Merger Agreement

On November 13, 2019, the Company, Merger Sub 1 and Merger Sub 2 (collectively, the “ChaSerg Parties”) entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with Grid Dynamics and Automated Systems Holdings Limited (“ASL”), a company incorporated in Bermuda with limited liability, solely in its capacity as representative of the stockholders of Grid Dynamics immediately prior to the consummation of the business combination.

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, (i) Merger Sub 1 will be merged with and into Grid Dynamics, with Grid Dynamics surviving the merger on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement (the “Initial Merger”), and (ii) as part of the same overall transaction, immediately following the Initial Merger, Grid Dynamics will be merged with and into Merger Sub 2, with Merger Sub 2 surviving on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement (the “Second Step Merger” and, together with the Initial Merger, the “Mergers”).

The purchase price will be paid to Grid Dynamics stockholders as of immediately prior to the consummation of the Business Combination in a combination of stock and cash consideration. The aggregate merger consideration (the “Merger Consideration”) to be paid pursuant to the Merger Agreement will be an amount equal to: (i) $130,000,000, subject to certain reductions (the “Cash Consideration”) and (ii) 25,523,810 shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock (the “Share Consideration”). The Cash Consideration is subject to reduction in an amount equal to: $13,500,000 multiplied by (x) the balance of the trust account (the “Trust Account”) established by the Company for the benefit of its public stockholders as at the date of the signing of the Merger Agreement minus the Available Parent Cash, divided by (y) 30% of the Trust Account balance as at the date of the signing of the Merger Agreement, where such adjustment amount can be no more than $13,500,000 and no less than $0, and is offset by an equivalent increase in the Share Consideration. The Share Consideration is subject to customary adjustment at closing by an amount of shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock to account for changes in working capital, indebtedness and excess cash. Excess cash also includes an adjustment mechanism for funds that are used between signing and closing for specified acquisitions. The Share Consideration is also subject to adjustment for earnings before income taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) performance targets, whereby the Share Consideration is reduced by $1,500,000 for every $100,000 by which the estimated total EBITDA in 2019 is below $23,800,000. The post-closing adjustment of the Share Consideration is capped at 857,143 shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock which will be placed in escrow at closing.

The obligations of the parties to consummate the Merger are subject to various conditions, including, among other things: (i) the approval of Grid Dynamics’s stockholders; (ii) the approval of the Company’s stockholders at a special meeting of the Company’s stockholders; (iii) the approval of the shareholders of ASL, including Teamsun Technology (HK) Limited (“Teamsun HK”), a company listed on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (“HKEX”); (iv) the approval of the shareholders of Beijing Teamsun Technology Co. Ltd. (“Teamsun”), including the largest stockholder of Teamsun (the “Teamsun Affiliate”); (v) the receipt of requisite government and securities exchange approvals, including approval related to the Hart-Scott Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and approval from the HKEX; (vi) after giving effect to the right of the Company’s public stockholders to redeem their shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock (the “Redemption”), the Company having at least $5,000,001 in net tangible assets in the Trust Account; and (vii) after giving effect to the Redemption and the receipt of any additional equity sold by the Company, the total cash and cash equivalents of the Company shall be at least 70% of the Trust Account balance as of the date of signing of the Merger Agreement.

F-14

CHASERG TECHNOLOGY ACQUISTION CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

The Merger will be consummated subject to the deliverables and provisions as further described in the Merger Agreement. For additional information, see the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement filed with the SEC on February 10, 2020. 

NOTE 7. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Preferred Stock — The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share with such designations, voting and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, there were no shares of preferred stock issued or outstanding.  

Common Stock 

Class A Common Stock — The Company is authorized to issue 100,000,000 shares of Class A common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote for each share. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, there were 2,050,290 and 1,718,095 shares of Class A common stock issued or outstanding, excluding 20,589,710 and 20,921,905 shares of Class A common stock subject to possible redemption, respectively. 

Class B Common Stock — The Company is authorized to issue 10,000,000 shares of Class B common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of Class B common stock are entitled to one vote for each share. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, there were 5,500,000 shares of Class B common stock issued and outstanding. 

Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all other matters submitted to a vote of stockholders except as required by law. 

The shares of Class B common stock will automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock at the time of a Business Combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment. In the case that additional shares of Class A common stock, or equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts offered in the Initial Public Offering and related to the closing of a Business Combination, the ratio at which shares of Class B common stock shall convert into shares of Class A common stock will be adjusted (unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock agree to waive such adjustment with respect to any such issuance or deemed issuance) so that the number of shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of all shares of Class B common stock will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of the total number of all shares of common stock outstanding upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering (not including the shares of Class A common stock underlying the Placement Units) plus all shares of Class A common stock and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with a Business Combination (excluding any shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in a Business Combination, any private placement-equivalent warrants issued, or to be issued, to any seller in a Business Combination, any private placement equivalent securities issued to the Sponsor or its affiliates upon conversion of loans made to the Company). Holders of Founder Shares may also elect to convert their shares of Class B common stock into an equal number of shares of Class A common stock, subject to adjustment as provided above, at any time. 

Warrants — Public Warrants may only be exercised for a whole number of shares. No fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the Units and only whole warrants will trade. The Public Warrants will become exercisable on the later of (a) 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination or (b) 12 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering; provided in each case that the Company has an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants and a current prospectus relating to them is available. The Company has agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 business days after the closing of a Business Combination, the Company will use its best efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement for the registration, under the Securities Act, of the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants. The Company will use its best efforts to cause the same to become effective and to maintain a current prospectus relating to those shares of Class A common stock until the Public Warrants expire or are redeemed, as specified in the warrant agreement. If a registration statement covering the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants is not effective by the 60^th business day after the closing of a Business Combination, warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when the Company shall have failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise warrants on a cashless basis in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act or another exemption. Notwithstanding the above, if the Class A common stock is at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that it satisfies the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, the Company may, at its option, require holders of Public Warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event the Company so elects, the Company will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, and in the event the Company does not so elect, the Company will use its best efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available. If that exemption, or another exemption, is not available, holders will not be able to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis. The Public Warrants will expire five years after the completion of a Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation. 

F-15

CHASERG TECHNOLOGY ACQUISTION CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

Once the warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the Public Warrants:

● in whole and not in part;

● at a price of $0.01 per warrant;

● upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption; and

● if, and only if, the reported last sale price of the Company’s Class A common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending three business days before the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.

● If, and only if, there is a current registration statement in effect with respect to the shares of Class A common stock underlying such warrants.

The Placement Warrants are identical to the Public Warrants underlying the Units sold in the Initial Public Offering, except that the Placement Warrants and the Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Placement Warrants will not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination, subject to certain limited exceptions. Additionally, the Placement Warrants will be exercisable on a cashless basis and be non-redeemable so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees. If the Placement Warrants are held by someone other than the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees, the Placement Warrants will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants.

If the Company calls the Public Warrants for redemption, management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise the Public Warrants to do so on a “cashless basis,” as described in the warrant agreement. The exercise price and number of shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, or recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the warrants will not be adjusted for issuance of Class A common stock at a price below its exercise price. Additionally, in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the warrants. If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period and the Company liquidates the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of warrants will not receive any of such funds with respect to their warrants, nor will they receive any distribution from the Company’s assets held outside of the Trust Account with the respect to such warrants. Accordingly, the warrants may expire worthless. 

NOTE 8. INCOME TAX

The Company’s net deferred tax assets are as follows:

	December 31, 2019			December 31, 2018
Deferred tax asset
Organizational costs/Startup expenses	$	1,406,205		$	42,501
Total deferred tax asset		1,406,205			42,501
Valuation allowance		(1,406,205	)		(42,501	)
Deferred tax asset, net of allowance	$	—		$	—

The income tax provision consists of the following:

	Year Ended December 31, 2019			For the Period from May 21, 2018 (inception) Through December 31, 2018
Federal
Current	$	843,156		$	217,377
Deferred		(1,363,704	)		(42,501	)
State
Current	$	—		$	—
Deferred		—			—
Change in valuation allowance		1,363,704			42,501
Income tax provision	$	843,156		$	217,377

F-16

CHASERG TECHNOLOGY ACQUISTION CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company did not have any U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryovers available to offset future taxable income.

In assessing the realization of the deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion of all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which temporary differences representing net future deductible amounts become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. After consideration of all of the information available, management believes that significant uncertainty exists with respect to future realization of the deferred tax assets and has therefore established a full valuation allowance. For the year ended December 31, 2019 and for the period from May 21, 2018 (inception) through December 31, 2018, the change in the valuation allowance was $1,363,704 and $42,501, respectively.

A reconciliation of the federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate at December 31, 2019 and 2018 is as follows:

	Year Ended December 31, 2019			May 21, 2018 (inception) Through December 31, 2018
Statutory federal income tax rate		21.0	%		21.0	%
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit			%		0.0	%
Change in valuation allowance		(55.0	)%		5.1	%
Income tax provision		(34.0	)%		26.1	%

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction in various state and local jurisdictions and is subject to examination by the various taxing authorities.

NOTE 9. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The Company classifies its U. S. Treasury and equivalent securities as held-to-maturity in accordance with ASC 320 “Investments - Debt and Equity Securities.” Held-to-maturity securities are those securities which the Company has the ability and intent to hold until maturity. Held-to-maturity treasury securities are recorded at amortized cost on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and adjusted for the amortization or accretion of premiums or discounts.

At December 31, 2019, assets held in the Trust Account were comprised of $667 in cash and $224,015,369 in money market funds which are invested in U.S Treasury Securities. At December 31, 2018, assets held in the Trust Account were comprised of $24,616 in cash and $221,133,851 in U.S. Treasury Bills. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company withdrew $1,807,343 of interest income from the Trust account to pay its franchise and income tax obligations.

F-17

CHASERG TECHNOLOGY ACQUISTION CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

The fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities reflects management’s estimate of amounts that the Company would have received in connection with the sale of the assets or paid in connection with the transfer of the liabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In connection with measuring the fair value of its assets and liabilities, the Company seeks to maximize the use of observable inputs (market data obtained from independent sources) and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs (internal assumptions about how market participants would price assets and liabilities). The following fair value hierarchy is used to classify assets and liabilities based on the observable inputs and unobservable inputs used in order to value the assets and liabilities:

Level 1:	Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. An active market for an asset or liability is a market in which transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.
Level 2:	Observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs. Examples of Level 2 inputs include quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities and quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.
Level 3:	Unobservable inputs based on our assessment of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

The following table presents information about the Company’s assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2019 and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation inputs the Company utilized to determine such fair value:

Description	Level	December 31, 2019
Assets:
Marketable securities held in Trust Account – U.S. Treasury Securities Money Market Fund	1	$	224,015,369

The gross holding losses and fair value of held-to-maturity securities at December 31, 2018 are as follows:

	Held-To-Maturity	Amortized Cost		Gross Holding Losses			Fair Value
December 31, 2018	U.S. Treasury Securities (Mature on 4/11/2019)	$	110,548,511	$	(11,025	)	$	110,537,486
December 31, 2018	U.S. Treasury Securities (Mature on 4/4/2019)	$	110,585,340	$	(6,208	)	$	110,579,132

NOTE 10. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company evaluates subsequent events and transactions that occur after the balance sheet date up to the date that the financial statements were issued. Other than as described below, the Company did not identify subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the financial statements.

On February 27, 2020, the Company amended its underwriting agreement with Cantor pursuant to which Cantor agreed to forfeit 75% of the aggregate $7,700,000 deferred fee, or $5,775,000, that would otherwise be payable to them upon the consummation of a Business Combination. The forfeiture of the deferred fee will only apply in the event that the Company consummates the Business Combination with Grid Dynamic.

On February 27, 2020, the Company entered into a capital markets advisory agreement (the “Capital Market Advisory Agreement”) with Cantor pursuant to which the Company engaged Cantor to act as a capital markets advisor in connection with the Company’s proposed Business Combination with Grid Dynamics. The Company has agreed to pay Cantor a cash fee of $4,525,000, of which the Company may reduce the fee by up to $455,000, solely to the extent such amount is paid to Northland Securities Inc. and Benchmark Investments Inc. The fee is payable to Cantor upon the consummation of the Business Combination with Grid Dynamics.

F-18

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.	Description
1.1	Underwriting Agreement, dated October 4, 2018, by and between the Company and Cantor Fitzgerald & Co., as representatives of the several underwriters. (1)
2.1	Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated November 13, 2019, by and among ChaSerg Technology Acquisition Corp., CS Merger Sub 1 Inc., CS Merger Sub 2 LLC, Grid Dynamics International, Inc., and Automated Systems Holdings Limited (4)
3.1	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. (1)
3.2	Bylaws. (2)
4.1	Specimen Unit Certificate. (3)
4.2	Specimen Class A Common Stock Certificate. (3)
4.3	Specimen Warrant Certificate. (3)
4.4	Warrant Agreement, dated October 4, 2018, by and between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent. (1)
10.1	Promissory Note, dated May 30, 2018, issued to ChaSerg Technology Sponsor LLC (2)
10.2	Investment Management Trust Agreement, dated October 4, 2018, by and between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as trustee. (1)
10.3	Registration Rights Agreement, dated October 4, 2018, by and among the Company, ChaSerg Technology Sponsor LLC and the holders party thereto. (1)
10.4	Securities Subscription Agreement, dated May 30, 2018, between the Registrant and ChaSerg Technology Sponsor LLC (2)
10.5	Private Placement Unit Purchase Agreement, dated October 4, 2018, by and between the Company and ChaSerg Technology Sponsor LLC. (1)
10.6	Private Placement Unit Purchase Agreement, dated October 4, 2018, by and between the Company and Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. (1)
10.7	Administrative Services Agreement, dated October 4, 2018, by and between the Company and First In Line Enterprises, Inc. (1)
10.11	Form of Indemnity Agreement. (3)
14.1	Code of Ethics. (3)
31.1	Certification of the Principal Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a).*
31.2	Certification of the Principal Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a).*
32.1	Certification of the Principal Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. 1350**
32.2	Certification of the Principal Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. 1350**
101.INS	XBRL Instance Document*
101.SCH	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema*
101.CAL	XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase*
101.LAB	XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase*
101.PRE	XBRL Definition Linkbase Document*
101.DEF	XBRL Definition Linkbase Document*

* Filed herewith

** Furnished herewith

(1) Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on October 10, 2018.

(2) Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form S-1, filed with the SEC on September 12, 2018.

(3)	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form S-1/A, filed with the SEC on September 18, 2018.
(4)	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on November 13, 2019.

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

Not applicable.

52

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

March 4, 2020	ChaSerg Technology Acquisition Corp.
	By:	/s/ Lloyd Carney
	Name:	Lloyd Carney
	Title:	Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name	Position	Date
/s/ Lloyd Carney	Chief Executive Officer and Director	March 4, 2020
Lloyd Carney	(Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ Eric Benhamou	Chief Financial Officer, President and Director	March 4, 2020
Eric Benhamou	(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
/s/ Clark Callander	Director	March 4, 2020
Clark N. Callander
/s/ Irwin Federman	Director	March 4, 2020
Irwin Federman
/s/ William Zerella	Director	March 4, 2020
William Zerella

53

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Lloyd Carney, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of ChaSerg Technology Acquisition Corp.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain  any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions)

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 4, 2020
	By:	/s/ Lloyd Carney
		Lloyd Carney
		Chief Executive Officer
		(Principal Executive Officer)

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Eric Benhamou, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of ChaSerg Technology Acquisition Corp.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain  any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions)

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 4, 2020
	By:	/s/ Eric Benhamou
		Eric Benhamou
		Chief Financial Officer and President
		(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

AS ADDED BY

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of ChaSerg Technology Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the annual period ended December 31, 2019, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), I, Lloyd Carney, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as added by §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2. To my knowledge, the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of and for the period covered by the Report.

Date: March 4, 2020	By:	/s/ Lloyd Carney
		Lloyd Carney
		Chief Executive Officer
		(Principal Executive Officer)

EX-32.2

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

AS ADDED BY

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of ChaSerg Technology Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), I, Eric Benhamou, Chief Financial Officer and President of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as added by §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2. To my knowledge, the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of and for the period covered by the Report.

Date: March 4, 2020
	By:	/s/ Eric Benhamou
		Eric Benhamou
		Chief Financial Officer and President
		(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

XML

DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS (Details) - USD ($)		1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Oct. 10, 2018	Oct. 25, 2018	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018	May 20, 2018
DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS (Details) [Line Items]
Sale of stock, per unit (in Dollars per share)			$ 0.35
Description of business acquisition equity			the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay franchise and income taxes (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish Public Stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the Company’s remaining stockholders and the Company’s board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to the Company’s obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to the Company’s warrants, which will expire worthless if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period.
Transaction costs amount			$ 12,821,311
Underwriting fees			4,400,000
Deferred underwriting fees			7,700,000	$ 7,700,000
Other costs of business combination			721,311
Cash of trust account			$ 141,583	$ 1,011,224
Business combination minimum percentage			80.00%
Business combination percentage of voting securities			50.00%
Cash Balance			$ 142,000
Working capital deficit			5,419,000
Additions of assets held in trust			224,016,036
Interest income			$ 4,016,000
Business combination, description			the Company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required, up to $1,500,000. Such loans may be convertible into units of the post Business Combination entity at a price of $10.00 per unit.
IPO [Member]
DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS (Details) [Line Items]
Initial public offering of units (in Shares)	20,000,000
Sale of stock, per unit (in Dollars per share)	$ 10.00	$ 10.00
Proceeds from sale of units, gross proceeds	$ 200,000,000
Description of business acquisition equity	Following the closing of the Initial Public Offering on October 10, 2018, an amount of $200,000,000 ($10.00 per Unit) from the net proceeds of the sale of the Units in the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Placement Units was placed in a trust account (“Trust Account”) which was invested in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), with a maturity of 180 days or less or in any open-ended investment company that holds itself out as a money market fund selected by the Company meeting the conditions of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act, as determined by the Company, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of a Business Combination and (ii) the distribution of the Trust Account, as described below.
Sale of additional units (in Shares)		22,000,000
Private Placement [Member]
DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS (Details) [Line Items]
Initial public offering of units (in Shares)			600,000
Sale of stock, per unit (in Dollars per share)			$ 10.00
Gross proceeds of private placement			$ 6,000,000
Over-Allotment Option [Member]
DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS (Details) [Line Items]
Sale of stock, per unit (in Dollars per share)		$ 10.00
Gross proceeds of private placement		$ 100,000
Sale of additional units (in Shares)		2,000,000
Additional Private Units [Member]
DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS (Details) [Line Items]
Sale of stock, per unit (in Dollars per share)		$ 10.00
Gross proceeds of private placement		$ 20,400,000
Sale of additional units (in Shares)		40,000
Trust Account [Member]
DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS (Details) [Line Items]
Sale of stock, per unit (in Dollars per share)		$ 10.00
Proceeds from sale of units, gross proceeds		$ 220,000,000
Description of business acquisition equity			the Company has discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below (i) $10.00 per share or (ii) the actual amount per Public Share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account, if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets. This liability will not apply with respect to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account or to any claims under the Company’s indemnity of the underwriters of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
Net proceeds of trust account		$ 20,000,000
Cash of trust account			$ 141,583
public stockholders [Member]
DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS (Details) [Line Items]
Sale of stock, per unit (in Dollars per share)			$ 10.00
Sale of additional units (in Shares)			5,000,001
Business combination minimum percentage			15.00%
Sponsor Agreement [Member]
DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS (Details) [Line Items]
Description of business acquisition equity			The Sponsor has agreed (a) to waive its redemption rights with respect to its Founder Shares, Placement Shares and Public Shares held by it in connection with the completion of a Business Combination and (b) not to propose an amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (i) that would affect the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of its Public Shares if the Company does not complete a Business Combination or (ii) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-business combination activity, unless the Company provides the Public Stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their Public Shares in conjunction with any such amendment.
Public Stockholders [Member]
DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS (Details) [Line Items]
Description of business acquisition equity			In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the assets remaining available for distribution will be less than $10.00 per share.

XML

PRIVATE PLACEMENT (Details) - USD ($)	1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Oct. 25, 2018	Dec. 31, 2019
Private Placement [Member]
PRIVATE PLACEMENT (Details) [Line Items]
Initial public offering of units		600,000
Sale of stock, per unit (in Dollars per share)		$ 10.00
Gross proceeds (in Dollars)		$ 6,000,000
Private Placement [Member] | Underwriters [Member]
PRIVATE PLACEMENT (Details) [Line Items]
Initial public offering of units		100,000
Private Placement [Member] | Sponsor [Member]
PRIVATE PLACEMENT (Details) [Line Items]
Initial public offering of units		500,000
Over-Allotment Option [Member]
PRIVATE PLACEMENT (Details) [Line Items]
Sale of stock, per unit (in Dollars per share)	$ 10.00
Gross proceeds (in Dollars)	$ 100,000
Sale of additional units	2,000,000
Gross proceeds of sales (in Dollars)	$ 400,000
Over-Allotment Option [Member] | Underwriters [Member]
PRIVATE PLACEMENT (Details) [Line Items]
Sale of additional units	10,000
Over-Allotment Option [Member] | Common Class A [Member]
PRIVATE PLACEMENT (Details) [Line Items]
Sale of stock, per unit (in Dollars per share)	$ 11.50
Over-Allotment Option [Member] | Sponsor [Member]
PRIVATE PLACEMENT (Details) [Line Items]
Sale of additional units	30,000

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Parentheticals) - $ / shares	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018
Common stock subject to possible redemption of shares	20,589,710	20,921,905
Common stock subject to possible redemption of per share (in Dollars per share)	$ 10.00	$ 10.00
Preferred stock, par value (in Dollars per share)	$ 0.0001	$ 0.0001
Preferred stock, shares authorized	1,000,000	1,000,000
Preferred stock, shares issued
Preferred stock, shares outstanding
Common Class A [Member]
Common stock, par value (in Dollars per share)	$ 0.0001	$ 0.0001
Common stock, shares authorized	100,000,000	100,000,000
Common stock, shares issued	2,050,290	1,718,095
Common stock, shares outstanding	2,050,290	1,718,095
Common Class B [Member]
Common stock, par value (in Dollars per share)	$ 0.0001	$ 0.0001
Common stock, shares authorized	10,000,000	10,000,000
Common stock, shares issued	5,500,000	5,500,000
Common stock, shares outstanding	5,500,000	5,500,000

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS - USD ($)	7 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2019
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
Net (loss) income	$ 615,364	$ (3,321,949)
Interest earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account	(1,158,467)	(4,664,912)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	(194,482)	56,934
Accounts payable and accrued expenses	216,493	5,142,672
Income taxes payable	217,377	(198,479)
Net cash used in operating activities	(303,715)	(2,985,734)
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
Cash withdrawn from Trust Account to pay franchise and income taxes		1,807,343
Investment of cash into Trust Account	(220,000,000)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities	(220,000,000)	1,807,343
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
Proceeds from issuance of Class B common stock to Sponsor	25,000
Proceeds from sale of Units, net of underwriting discounts paid	215,600,000
Proceeds from sale of Placement Units	6,400,000
Advances from related party	23,100	20,000
Repayment of advances from related party	(23,100)
Proceeds from convertible promissory note – related party		300,000
Proceeds from promissory note - related party	300,000
Repayment of promissory note - related party	(300,000)
Payment of offering costs	(710,061)	(11,250)
Net cash provided by financing activities	221,314,939	308,750
Net Change in Cash	1,011,224	(869,641)
Cash – Beginning of period		1,011,224
Cash – End of period	1,011,224	141,583
Supplementary cash flow information:
Cash paid for income taxes		1,041,635
Non-Cash investing and financing activities:
Change in value of common stock subject to possible redemption	209,219,050	(3,321,950)
Deferred underwriting fees charged to additional paid in capital	$ 7,700,000

XML

Accounting Policies, by Policy (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2019

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Basis of Presentation

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements are presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC.

Principles of consolidation

Principles of consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Emerging Growth Company

Emerging Growth Company

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Use of Estimates

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.

Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future events. Accordingly, the actual results could differ significantly from the Company’s estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company did not have any cash equivalents as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.

Common Stock Subject to Possible Redemption

Common Stock Subject to Possible Redemption  

The Company accounts for its common stock subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Common stock subject to mandatory redemption is classified as a liability instrument and is measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable common stock (including common stock that features redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) is classified as temporary equity. At all other times, common stock is classified as stockholders’ equity. The Company’s common stock, sold in the Public Offering, features certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of the Company’s control and subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. The shares of common stock sold in the private placements do not contain these rights. Accordingly, at December 31, 2019 and 2018, 20,589,710 and 20,921,905 shares of common stock subject to possible redemption, respectively, are presented as temporary equity, outside of the stockholders’ equity section of the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

Offering Costs

Offering Costs

Offering costs consist of legal, accounting, underwriting fees and other costs incurred through the balance sheet date that are directly related to the Initial Public Offering. Offering costs amounting to $12,821,311 were charged to stockholders’ equity upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering.

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

The Company follows the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes under ASC 740, “Income Taxes.” Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statements carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that included the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. There were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penalties as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position. The Company is subject to income tax examinations by major taxing authorities since inception.

Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share

Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share

Net income (loss) per common share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. The Company has not considered the effect of warrants sold in the Initial Public Offering and private placement to purchase 11,320,000 shares of Class A common stock in the calculation of diluted income (loss) per share, since the exercise of the warrants are contingent upon the occurrence of future events and the inclusion of such warrants would be anti-dilutive.

The Company’s statement of operations includes a presentation of income (loss) per share for common shares subject to redemption in a manner similar to the two-class method of income per share. Net income per common share, basic and diluted for Class A redeemable common stock is calculated by dividing the interest income earned on the Trust Account (net of applicable franchise and income taxes of approximately $1,493,000 and $341,000 for the year ended December 31, 2019 and for the period from May 21, 2018 (inception) through December 31, 2018, respectively), by the weighted average number of Class A redeemable common stock outstanding during the period. Net loss per common share, basic and diluted for Class A and Class B non-redeemable common stock is calculated by dividing the net income (loss), less income attributable to Class A redeemable common stock, by the weighted average number of Class A and Class B non-redeemable common stock outstanding for the period. Class A and Class B non-redeemable common stock includes the Founder Shares and the Placement Units as these shares do not have any redemption features and do not participate in the income earned on the Trust Account.

The following table reflects the calculation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share:

	Year Ended December 31,  2019			For the Period from May 21, 2018 (inception) Through December 31, 2018
Redeemable Common Stock
Numerator: Earnings allocable to Redeemable Common Stock
Interest Income	$	4,664,912		$	1,158,467
Income and Franchise Tax	$	(1,493,035	)	$	(340,715	)
Net Earnings	$	3,171,877		$	817,752
Denominator: Weighted Average Redeemable Common Stock
Redeemable Common Stock, Basic and Diluted		22,000,000			21,654,321
Earnings/Basic and Diluted Redeemable Common Stock	$	0.14		$	0.04
Non-Redeemable Common Stock
Numerator: Net Loss minus Redeemable Net Earnings
Net (Loss) Income	$	(3,321,949	)	$	615,364
Redeemable Net Earnings	$	(3,171,877	)	$	(817,752	)
Non-Redeemable Net Loss	$	(6,493,826	)	$	(202,388	)
Denominator: Weighted Average Non-Redeemable Common Stock
Non-Redeemable Common Stock, Basic and Diluted (1)		6,140,000			5,733,422
Loss/Basic and Diluted Non-Redeemable Common Stock	$	(1.06	)	$	(0.04	)

Note: As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, basic and diluted shares are the same as there are no securities that are dilutive to the Company’s common stockholders.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist of a cash account in a financial institution which, at times may exceed the Federal Depository Insurance Coverage of $250,000. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company has not experienced losses on this account and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such account.

Financial Instruments

Financial Instruments

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, primarily due to their short-term nature.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting pronouncements, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  

XML

PUBLIC OFFERING

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2019

Public Offering [Abstract]

PUBLIC OFFERING

NOTE 3. PUBLIC OFFERING

Pursuant to the Initial Public Offering, the Company sold 22,000,000 Units at a price of $10.00 per Unit, inclusive of 2,000,000 Units sold to the underwriters on October 25, 2018 upon the underwriters’ election to partially exercise their over-allotment option. Each Unit consists of one share of Class A common stock and one-half of one redeemable warrant (“Public Warrant”). Each whole Public Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment (see Note 7). 

XML

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2019

Stockholders' Equity Note [Abstract]

Stockholders' Equity Note Disclosure [Text Block]

NOTE 7. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Preferred Stock — The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share with such designations, voting and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, there were no shares of preferred stock issued or outstanding.  

Common Stock 

Class A Common Stock — The Company is authorized to issue 100,000,000 shares of Class A common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote for each share. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, there were 2,050,290 and 1,718,095 shares of Class A common stock issued or outstanding, excluding 20,589,710 and 20,921,905 shares of Class A common stock subject to possible redemption, respectively. 

Class B Common Stock — The Company is authorized to issue 10,000,000 shares of Class B common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of Class B common stock are entitled to one vote for each share. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, there were 5,500,000 shares of Class B common stock issued and outstanding. 

Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all other matters submitted to a vote of stockholders except as required by law. 

The shares of Class B common stock will automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock at the time of a Business Combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment. In the case that additional shares of Class A common stock, or equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts offered in the Initial Public Offering and related to the closing of a Business Combination, the ratio at which shares of Class B common stock shall convert into shares of Class A common stock will be adjusted (unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock agree to waive such adjustment with respect to any such issuance or deemed issuance) so that the number of shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of all shares of Class B common stock will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of the total number of all shares of common stock outstanding upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering (not including the shares of Class A common stock underlying the Placement Units) plus all shares of Class A common stock and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with a Business Combination (excluding any shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in a Business Combination, any private placement-equivalent warrants issued, or to be issued, to any seller in a Business Combination, any private placement equivalent securities issued to the Sponsor or its affiliates upon conversion of loans made to the Company). Holders of Founder Shares may also elect to convert their shares of Class B common stock into an equal number of shares of Class A common stock, subject to adjustment as provided above, at any time. 

Warrants — Public Warrants may only be exercised for a whole number of shares. No fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the Units and only whole warrants will trade. The Public Warrants will become exercisable on the later of (a) 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination or (b) 12 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering; provided in each case that the Company has an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants and a current prospectus relating to them is available. The Company has agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 business days after the closing of a Business Combination, the Company will use its best efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement for the registration, under the Securities Act, of the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants. The Company will use its best efforts to cause the same to become effective and to maintain a current prospectus relating to those shares of Class A common stock until the Public Warrants expire or are redeemed, as specified in the warrant agreement. If a registration statement covering the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants is not effective by the 60^th business day after the closing of a Business Combination, warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when the Company shall have failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise warrants on a cashless basis in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act or another exemption. Notwithstanding the above, if the Class A common stock is at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that it satisfies the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, the Company may, at its option, require holders of Public Warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event the Company so elects, the Company will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, and in the event the Company does not so elect, the Company will use its best efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available. If that exemption, or another exemption, is not available, holders will not be able to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis. The Public Warrants will expire five years after the completion of a Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation. 

Once the warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the Public Warrants:

● in whole and not in part;

● at a price of $0.01 per warrant;

● upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption; and

● if, and only if, the reported last sale price of the Company’s Class A common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending three business days before the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.

● If, and only if, there is a current registration statement in effect with respect to the shares of Class A common stock underlying such warrants.

The Placement Warrants are identical to the Public Warrants underlying the Units sold in the Initial Public Offering, except that the Placement Warrants and the Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Placement Warrants will not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination, subject to certain limited exceptions. Additionally, the Placement Warrants will be exercisable on a cashless basis and be non-redeemable so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees. If the Placement Warrants are held by someone other than the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees, the Placement Warrants will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants.

If the Company calls the Public Warrants for redemption, management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise the Public Warrants to do so on a “cashless basis,” as described in the warrant agreement. The exercise price and number of shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, or recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the warrants will not be adjusted for issuance of Class A common stock at a price below its exercise price. Additionally, in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the warrants. If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period and the Company liquidates the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of warrants will not receive any of such funds with respect to their warrants, nor will they receive any distribution from the Company’s assets held outside of the Trust Account with the respect to such warrants. Accordingly, the warrants may expire worthless. 

XML

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (Details) - Subsequent Event [Member]	1 Months Ended
	Feb. 27, 2020
SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (Details) [Line Items]
Underwriting agreement, description	Company amended its underwriting agreement with Cantor pursuant to which Cantor agreed to forfeit 75% of the aggregate $7,700,000 deferred fee, or $5,775,000, that would otherwise be payable to them upon the consummation of a Business Combination.
Capital market advisory agreement, description	The Company has agreed to pay Cantor a cash fee of $4,525,000, of which the Company may reduce the fee by up to $455,000, solely to the extent such amount is paid to Northland Securities Inc. and Benchmark Investments Inc.

XML

INCOME TAX (Details) - Schedule of reconciliation between the U.S. statutory federal income tax rate and the company's effective rate	7 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2019
Schedule of reconciliation between the U.S. statutory federal income tax rate and the company's effective rate [Abstract]
Statutory federal income tax rate	21.00%	21.00%
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit	0.00%
Change in valuation allowance	5.10%	(55.00%)
Income tax provision	26.10%	(34.00%)

XML

PRIVATE PLACEMENT

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2019

Private Placement [Abstract]

PRIVATE PLACEMENT

NOTE 4. PRIVATE PLACEMENT

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Sponsor and Cantor purchased an aggregate of 600,000 Placement Units at a price of $10.00 per Placement Unit, for an aggregate purchase price of $6,000,000, of which the Sponsor purchased 500,000 Placement Units and the underwriters purchased 100,000 Placement Units. On October 25, 2018, in connection with the underwriters’ election to partially exercise their over-allotment option, the Company sold an additional 30,000 Placement Units to the Sponsor and 10,000 Placement Units to the underwriters, at a price of $10.00 per Placement Unit, generating gross proceeds of $400,000. Each Placement Unit consists of one share of Class A common stock (“Placement Share”) and one-half of one redeemable warrant (each, a “Placement Warrant”). Each whole Placement Warrant is exercisable to purchase one share of Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share. The proceeds from the Placement Units were added to the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering held in the Trust Account. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the proceeds from the sale of the Placement Units will be used to fund the redemption of the Public Shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law), and the Placement Units and all underlying securities will expire worthless. 

XML

INCOME TAX

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2019

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Income Tax Disclosure [Text Block]

NOTE 8. INCOME TAX

The Company’s net deferred tax assets are as follows:

	December 31, 2019			December 31, 2018
Deferred tax asset
Organizational costs/Startup expenses	$	1,406,205		$	42,501
Total deferred tax asset		1,406,205			42,501
Valuation allowance		(1,406,205	)		(42,501	)
Deferred tax asset, net of allowance	$	—		$	—

The income tax provision consists of the following:

	Year Ended December 31, 2019			For the Period from May 21, 2018 (inception) Through December 31, 2018
Federal
Current	$	843,156		$	217,377
Deferred		(1,363,704	)		(42,501	)
State
Current	$	—		$	—
Deferred		—			—
Change in valuation allowance		1,363,704			42,501
Income tax provision	$	843,156		$	217,377

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company did not have any U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryovers available to offset future taxable income.

In assessing the realization of the deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion of all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which temporary differences representing net future deductible amounts become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. After consideration of all of the information available, management believes that significant uncertainty exists with respect to future realization of the deferred tax assets and has therefore established a full valuation allowance. For the year ended December 31, 2019 and for the period from May 21, 2018 (inception) through December 31, 2018, the change in the valuation allowance was $1,363,704 and $42,501, respectively.

A reconciliation of the federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate at December 31, 2019 and 2018 is as follows:

	Year Ended December 31, 2019			May 21, 2018 (inception) Through December 31, 2018
Statutory federal income tax rate		21.0	%		21.0	%
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit			%		0.0	%
Change in valuation allowance		(55.0	)%		5.1	%
Income tax provision		(34.0	)%		26.1	%

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction in various state and local jurisdictions and is subject to examination by the various taxing authorities.

XML

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2019

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Schedule of Earnings Per Share, Basic and Diluted [Table Text Block]

	Year Ended December 31,  2019			For the Period from May 21, 2018 (inception) Through December 31, 2018
Redeemable Common Stock
Numerator: Earnings allocable to Redeemable Common Stock
Interest Income	$	4,664,912		$	1,158,467
Income and Franchise Tax	$	(1,493,035	)	$	(340,715	)
Net Earnings	$	3,171,877		$	817,752
Denominator: Weighted Average Redeemable Common Stock
Redeemable Common Stock, Basic and Diluted		22,000,000			21,654,321
Earnings/Basic and Diluted Redeemable Common Stock	$	0.14		$	0.04
Non-Redeemable Common Stock
Numerator: Net Loss minus Redeemable Net Earnings
Net (Loss) Income	$	(3,321,949	)	$	615,364
Redeemable Net Earnings	$	(3,171,877	)	$	(817,752	)
Non-Redeemable Net Loss	$	(6,493,826	)	$	(202,388	)
Denominator: Weighted Average Non-Redeemable Common Stock
Non-Redeemable Common Stock, Basic and Diluted (1)		6,140,000			5,733,422
Loss/Basic and Diluted Non-Redeemable Common Stock	$	(1.06	)	$	(0.04	)

XML

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Details) - Schedule of fair value of held-to-maturity securities	7 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018 USD ($)
US Treasury Securities [Member]
FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Details) - Schedule of fair value of held-to-maturity securities [Line Items]
Held-To-Maturity	U.S. Treasury Securities (Mature on 4/11/2019)
Amortized Coast	$ 110,548,511
Gross Holding Losses	(11,025,000,000)
Fair Value	$ 110,537,486,000,000
US Treasury Securities 1 [Member]
FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Details) - Schedule of fair value of held-to-maturity securities [Line Items]
Held-To-Maturity	U.S. Treasury Securities (Mature on 4/4/2019)
Amortized Coast	$ 110,585,340
Gross Holding Losses	(6,208,000,000)
Fair Value	$ 110,579,132,000,000

XML

INCOME TAX (Details) - Schedule of income tax provision - USD ($)	7 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2019
Federal
Current	$ 217,377	$ 843,156
Deferred	(42,501)	(1,363,704)
State
Current
Deferred
Change in valuation allowance	42,501	1,363,704
Income tax provision	$ 217,377	$ 843,156

XML

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Details) - USD ($)	7 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2019
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Details) [Line Items]
Private placement to purchase of share	20,921,905	20,589,710
Deferred offering costs		$ 12,821,311
Franchise income taxes	$ 341,000	$ 1,493,000
Weighted average non-redeemable common stock		717,500
Federal depository insurance coverage amount		$ 250,000
Common Class A [Member]
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Details) [Line Items]
Private placement to purchase of share | shares	11,320,000

XML

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Details) - USD ($)		1 Months Ended			7 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Oct. 10, 2018	Nov. 30, 2019	May 30, 2018	May 23, 2018	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2019
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Details) [Line Items]
Advances to Affiliate						$ 20,000
Company borrowed amount		$ 300,000			$ 23,100
Additional Private Units at a price (in Dollars per share)		$ 10.00
Accounts Payable, Related Parties, Current						300,000
Monthly fee	$ 15,000
Company incurred fees for services					30,000	180,000
Accounts payable and accrued expenses					216,493	5,359,165
Founder Shares [Member]
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Details) [Line Items]
Initial public offering of units (in Shares)			5,750,000
Forfeiture of common stock by sponsor (in Shares)			750,000
Issued and outstanding shares of public offering, percentage			20.00%
Founder Shares are no longer subject to forfeiture (in Shares)			500,000
Related party transaction, description			The Sponsor has agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of its Founder Shares until the earlier to occur of: (A) one year after the completion of a Business Combination or (B) subsequent to a Business Combination, (x) if the last sale price of the Class A common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after a Business Combination, or (y) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, capital stock exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of the Company’s stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of common stock for cash, securities or other property.
Administrative Support Agreement [Member]
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Details) [Line Items]
Aggregate working capital						20,000
Accounts payable and accrued expenses					$ 30,000	$ 75,000
Common Class B [Member] | Founder Shares [Member]
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Details) [Line Items]
Initial public offering of units (in Shares)			25,000
Over-Allotment Option [Member]
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Details) [Line Items]
Forfeiture of common stock by sponsor (in Shares)			250,000
IPO [Member]
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Details) [Line Items]
Initial public offering of units (in Shares)	20,000,000
Company borrowed amount				$ 300,000
Working capital loans, description				The Working Capital Loans would either be repaid upon consummation of a Business Combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1,500,000 of such Working Capital Loans may be convertible into units of the post Business Combination entity at a price of $10.00 per unit. The units would be identical to the Placement Units.

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS - USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018
Current Assets
Cash	$ 141,583	$ 1,011,224
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	137,548	194,482
Total Current Assets	279,131	1,205,706
Cash and marketable securities held in Trust Account	224,016,036	221,158,467
Total Assets	224,295,167	222,364,173
Current Liabilities:
Accounts payable and accrued expenses	5,359,165	216,493
Accrued offering costs		11,250
Income taxes payable	18,898	217,377
Advance from related party	20,000
Convertible promissory note – related party	300,000
Total Current Liabilities	5,698,063	445,120
Deferred underwriting fees	7,700,000	7,700,000
Total Liabilities	13,398,063	8,145,120
Commitments
Common stock subject to possible redemption, 20,589,710 and 20,921,905 shares at approximately $10.00 per share as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively	205,897,100	209,219,050
Stockholders’ Equity
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding
Additional paid-in capital	7,705,834	4,383,917
(Accumulated deficit)/Retained earnings	(2,706,585)	615,364
Total Stockholders’ Equity	5,000,004	5,000,003
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity	224,295,167	222,364,173
Common Class A [Member]
Stockholders’ Equity
Common stock, value	205	172
Total Stockholders’ Equity	205	172
Common Class B [Member]
Stockholders’ Equity
Common stock, value	550	550
Total Stockholders’ Equity	$ 550	$ 550

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Parentheticals)	7 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018 shares
Sale of units	22,000,000
Sale of Private Units	640,000

XML

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018
FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Details) [Line Items]
Assets held in the trust account	$ 667	$ 24,616
Interest income	1,807,343
Money Market Funds [Member]
FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Details) [Line Items]
Assets held in the trust account	$ 224,015,369
US Treasury Securities [Member]
FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Details) [Line Items]
Assets held in the trust account		$ 221,133,851

XML

INCOME TAX (Details) - USD ($)	7 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2019
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
Change in valuation allowance	$ 42,501	$ 1,363,704

XML

COMMITMENTS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2019

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Text Block]

NOTE 6. COMMITMENTS

Registration Rights

Pursuant to a registration rights agreement entered into on October 4, 2018, the holders of the Founder Shares, Placement Units (including securities contained therein) and securities that may be issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans (and any shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Placement Warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans and upon conversion of the Founder Shares) will be entitled to registration rights requiring the Company to register such securities for resale (in the case of the Founder Shares, only after conversion to Class A common stock). The holders of the majority of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, that the Company register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the completion of a Business Combination and rights to require the Company to register for resale such securities pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the underwriters may not exercise their demand and “piggyback” registration rights after five (5) and seven (7) years after the effective date of the registration statement and may not exercise their demand rights on more than one occasion. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Underwriting Agreement

The Company granted the underwriters a 45-day option to purchase up to 3,000,000 additional Units to cover over-allotments at the Initial Public Offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. On October 25, 2018, the underwriters elected to partially exercise their over-allotment option to purchase 2,000,000 Units at a purchase price of $10.00 per Unit.

In connection with the closing of the Initial Public Offering and the over-allotment option, the underwriters were paid a cash underwriting discount $4,400,000. In addition, the underwriters are entitled to a deferred fee of $0.35 per Unit, or $7,700,000 in the aggregate. The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that the Company completes a Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.

Merger Agreement

On November 13, 2019, the Company, Merger Sub 1 and Merger Sub 2 (collectively, the “ChaSerg Parties”) entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with Grid Dynamics and Automated Systems Holdings Limited (“ASL”), a company incorporated in Bermuda with limited liability, solely in its capacity as representative of the stockholders of Grid Dynamics immediately prior to the consummation of the business combination.

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, (i) Merger Sub 1 will be merged with and into Grid Dynamics, with Grid Dynamics surviving the merger on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement (the “Initial Merger”), and (ii) as part of the same overall transaction, immediately following the Initial Merger, Grid Dynamics will be merged with and into Merger Sub 2, with Merger Sub 2 surviving on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement (the “Second Step Merger” and, together with the Initial Merger, the “Mergers”).

The purchase price will be paid to Grid Dynamics stockholders as of immediately prior to the consummation of the Business Combination in a combination of stock and cash consideration. The aggregate merger consideration (the “Merger Consideration”) to be paid pursuant to the Merger Agreement will be an amount equal to: (i) $130,000,000, subject to certain reductions (the “Cash Consideration”) and (ii) 25,523,810 shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock (the “Share Consideration”). The Cash Consideration is subject to reduction in an amount equal to: $13,500,000 multiplied by (x) the balance of the trust account (the “Trust Account”) established by the Company for the benefit of its public stockholders as at the date of the signing of the Merger Agreement minus the Available Parent Cash, divided by (y) 30% of the Trust Account balance as at the date of the signing of the Merger Agreement, where such adjustment amount can be no more than $13,500,000 and no less than $0, and is offset by an equivalent increase in the Share Consideration. The Share Consideration is subject to customary adjustment at closing by an amount of shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock to account for changes in working capital, indebtedness and excess cash. Excess cash also includes an adjustment mechanism for funds that are used between signing and closing for specified acquisitions. The Share Consideration is also subject to adjustment for earnings before income taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) performance targets, whereby the Share Consideration is reduced by $1,500,000 for every $100,000 by which the estimated total EBITDA in 2019 is below $23,800,000. The post-closing adjustment of the Share Consideration is capped at 857,143 shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock which will be placed in escrow at closing.

The obligations of the parties to consummate the Merger are subject to various conditions, including, among other things: (i) the approval of Grid Dynamics’s stockholders; (ii) the approval of the Company’s stockholders at a special meeting of the Company’s stockholders; (iii) the approval of the shareholders of ASL, including Teamsun Technology (HK) Limited (“Teamsun HK”), a company listed on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (“HKEX”); (iv) the approval of the shareholders of Beijing Teamsun Technology Co. Ltd. (“Teamsun”), including the largest stockholder of Teamsun (the “Teamsun Affiliate”); (v) the receipt of requisite government and securities exchange approvals, including approval related to the Hart-Scott Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and approval from the HKEX; (vi) after giving effect to the right of the Company’s public stockholders to redeem their shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock (the “Redemption”), the Company having at least $5,000,001 in net tangible assets in the Trust Account; and (vii) after giving effect to the Redemption and the receipt of any additional equity sold by the Company, the total cash and cash equivalents of the Company shall be at least 70% of the Trust Account balance as of the date of signing of the Merger Agreement.

The Merger will be consummated subject to the deliverables and provisions as further described in the Merger Agreement. For additional information, see the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement filed with the SEC on February 10, 2020. 

XML

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2019

Subsequent Events [Abstract]

Subsequent Events [Text Block]

NOTE 10. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company evaluates subsequent events and transactions that occur after the balance sheet date up to the date that the financial statements were issued. Other than as described below, the Company did not identify subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the financial statements.

On February 27, 2020, the Company amended its underwriting agreement with Cantor pursuant to which Cantor agreed to forfeit 75% of the aggregate $7,700,000 deferred fee, or $5,775,000, that would otherwise be payable to them upon the consummation of a Business Combination. The forfeiture of the deferred fee will only apply in the event that the Company consummates the Business Combination with Grid Dynamic.

On February 27, 2020, the Company entered into a capital markets advisory agreement (the “Capital Market Advisory Agreement”) with Cantor pursuant to which the Company engaged Cantor to act as a capital markets advisor in connection with the Company’s proposed Business Combination with Grid Dynamics. The Company has agreed to pay Cantor a cash fee of $4,525,000, of which the Company may reduce the fee by up to $455,000, solely to the extent such amount is paid to Northland Securities Inc. and Benchmark Investments Inc. The fee is payable to Cantor upon the consummation of the Business Combination with Grid Dynamics.

XML

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Details) - $ / shares	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Details) [Line Items]
Preferred stock, shares authorized	1,000,000	1,000,000
Preferred stock, par value (in Dollars per share)	$ 0.0001	$ 0.0001
Common stock subject to possible redemption of shares	20,589,710	20,921,905
Warrant price per share (in Dollars per share)	$ 0.01
Description of warrant redemption	●if, and only if, the reported last sale price of the Company’s Class A common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending three business days before the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.
Common Class A [Member]
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Details) [Line Items]
Common stock, shares authorized	100,000,000	100,000,000
Common stock, par value (in Dollars per share)	$ 0.0001	$ 0.0001
Common stock, shares issued	2,050,290	1,718,095
Common Class B [Member]
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Details) [Line Items]
Common stock, shares authorized	10,000,000	10,000,000
Common stock, par value (in Dollars per share)	$ 0.0001	$ 0.0001
Common stock, shares issued	5,500,000	5,500,000
Description of shares conversion	The shares of Class B common stock will automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock at the time of a Business Combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment. In the case that additional shares of Class A common stock, or equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts offered in the Initial Public Offering and related to the closing of a Business Combination, the ratio at which shares of Class B common stock shall convert into shares of Class A common stock will be adjusted (unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock agree to waive such adjustment with respect to any such issuance or deemed issuance) so that the number of shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of all shares of Class B common stock will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of the total number of all shares of common stock outstanding upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering (not including the shares of Class A common stock underlying the Placement Units) plus all shares of Class A common stock and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with a Business Combination (excluding any shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in a Business Combination, any private placement-equivalent warrants issued, or to be issued, to any seller in a Business Combination, any private placement equivalent securities issued to the Sponsor or its affiliates upon conversion of loans made to the Company). Holders of Founder Shares may also elect to convert their shares of Class B common stock into an equal number of shares of Class A common stock, subject to adjustment as provided above, at any time.

XML

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2019

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Fair Value, by Balance Sheet Grouping [Table Text Block]

Description	Level	December 31, 2019
Assets:
Marketable securities held in Trust Account – U.S. Treasury Securities Money Market Fund	1	$	224,015,369

Available-for-sale Securities [Table Text Block]

	Held-To-Maturity	Amortized Cost		Gross Holding Losses			Fair Value
December 31, 2018	U.S. Treasury Securities (Mature on 4/11/2019)	$	110,548,511	$	(11,025	)	$	110,537,486
December 31, 2018	U.S. Treasury Securities (Mature on 4/4/2019)	$	110,585,340	$	(6,208	)	$	110,579,132

XML

PUBLIC OFFERING (Details) - $ / shares	1 Months Ended
	Oct. 25, 2018	Oct. 10, 2018
IPO [Member]
PUBLIC OFFERING (Details) [Line Items]
Sale of additional units	22,000,000
Sale of stock, per unit	$ 10.00	$ 10.00
IPO [Member] | Common Class A [Member]
PUBLIC OFFERING (Details) [Line Items]
Sale of stock, per unit	$ 11.50
Over-Allotment Option [Member]
PUBLIC OFFERING (Details) [Line Items]
Sale of additional units	2,000,000
Sale of stock, per unit	$ 10.00
Over-Allotment Option [Member] | Common Class A [Member]
PUBLIC OFFERING (Details) [Line Items]
Sale of stock, per unit	$ 11.50

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS - USD ($)	7 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2019
General and administrative expenses	$ 325,726	$ 7,143,705
Loss from operations	(325,726)	(7,143,705)
Other income:
Interest earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account	1,158,467	4,664,912
(Loss) income before provision for income taxes	832,741	(2,478,793)
Provision for income taxes	(217,377)	(843,156)
Net (loss) income	$ 615,364	$ (3,321,949)
Weighted average shares outstanding of Class A redeemable common stock (in Shares)	21,654,321	22,000,000
Basic and diluted income per share, Class A (in Dollars per share)	$ 0.04	$ 0.14
Weighted average shares outstanding of Class A and Class B non-redeemable common stock (in Shares)	5,733,422	6,140,000
Basic and diluted net loss per share, Class A and Class B (in Dollars per share)	$ (0.04)	$ (1.06)

XML

DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2019

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements Disclosure [Text Block]

NOTE 1. DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS

ChaSerg Technology Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”) was incorporated in Delaware on May 21, 2018. The Company was formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses (the “Business Combination”).

The Company’s subsidiaries are comprised of CS Merger Sub 1 Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company incorporated on November 12, 2019 as a California corporation (“Merger Sub 1”), and CS Merger Sub 2 LLC., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company incorporated on November 8, 2019 as a Delaware limited liability corporation (“Merger Sub 2”).

Although the Company is not limited to a particular industry or sector for purposes of consummating a Business Combination, the Company intends to focus its search on companies in the technology industry. The Company is an early stage and emerging growth company and, as such, the Company is subject to all of the risks associated with early stage and emerging growth companies.

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity for the period from May 21, 2018 (inception) through December 31, 2019 relates to the Company’s formation, its initial public offering (“Initial Public Offering”), which is described below, identifying a target company for a Business Combination and the proposed acquisition of Grid Dynamics International, Inc., a California corporation (“Grid Dynamics”) (see Note 6). The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of its initial Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company will generate non-operating income in the form of interest income from the proceeds derived from the Initial Public Offering.

The registration statement for the Company’s Initial Public Offering was declared effective on October 4, 2018. On October 10, 2018, the Company consummated the Initial Public Offering of 20,000,000 units (“Units” and, with respect to the Class A common stock included in the Units offered, the “Public Shares”) at $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $200,000,000, which is described in Note 3. 

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the sale of 600,000 units (the “Placement Units”) at a price of $10.00 per Placement Unit in a private placement to ChaSerg Technology Sponsor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Sponsor”) and Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. (“Cantor”), generating gross proceeds of $6,000,000, which is described in Note 4.

Following the closing of the Initial Public Offering on October 10, 2018, an amount of $200,000,000 ($10.00 per Unit) from the net proceeds of the sale of the Units in the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Placement Units was placed in a trust account (“Trust Account”) which was invested in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), with a maturity of 180 days or less or in any open-ended investment company that holds itself out as a money market fund selected by the Company meeting the conditions of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act, as determined by the Company, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of a Business Combination and (ii) the distribution of the Trust Account, as described below.

On October 25, 2018, in connection with the underwriters’ election to partially exercise their over-allotment option, the Company sold an additional 2,000,000 Units at $10.00 per Unit and sold an additional 40,000 Placement Units at $10.00 per Placement Unit, generating total gross proceeds of $20,400,000. Following such closing, an additional $20,000,000 of net proceeds ($10.00 per Unit) was deposited in the Trust Account, resulting in $220,000,000 ($10.00 per Unit) held in the Trust Account.

Transaction costs amounted to $12,821,311, consisting of $4,400,000 of underwriting fees, $7,700,000 of deferred underwriting fees and $721,311 of legal and other costs. In addition, as of December 31, 2019, $141,583 of cash was held outside of the Trust Account and is available for working capital purposes.

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of Placement Units, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummating a Business Combination. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to complete a Business Combination successfully. The Company must complete one or more initial Business Combinations having an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the Trust Account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on interest earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial Business Combination. However, the Company will only complete a Business Combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”).

The Company will provide its holders of the outstanding Public Shares (the “Public Stockholders”) with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares upon the completion of a Business Combination either (i) in connection with a stockholder meeting called to approve the Business Combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether the Company will seek stockholder approval of a Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion. The Public Stockholders will be entitled to redeem their Public Shares for a pro rata portion of the amount then in the Trust Account ($10.00 per Public Share, plus any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay its franchise and income tax obligations). The per-share amount to be distributed to Public Stockholders who redeem their Public Shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions the Company will pay to the underwriters (as discussed in Note 6). There will be no redemption rights upon the completion of a Business Combination with respect to the Company’s warrants. The Company will proceed with a Business Combination if the Company has net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation of a Business Combination and, if the Company seeks stockholder approval, a majority of the shares voted are voted in favor of the Business Combination. If a stockholder vote is not required by law and the Company does not decide to hold a stockholder vote for business or other legal reasons, the Company will, pursuant to its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation”), conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing a Business Combination. If, however, stockholder approval of the transactions is required by law, or the Company decides to obtain stockholder approval for business or legal reasons, the Company will offer to redeem shares in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to the proxy rules and not pursuant to the tender offer rules. If the Company seeks stockholder approval in connection with a Business Combination, the Company’s Sponsor has agreed to vote its Founder Shares (as defined in Note 5), Placement Shares (as defined in Note 4) and any Public Shares purchased during or after the Initial Public Offering in favor of approving a Business Combination. Additionally, each Public Stockholder may elect to redeem their Public Shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction.

If the Company seeks stockholder approval of a Business Combination and it does not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that a Public Stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% or more of the Public Shares, without the prior consent of the Company.

The Sponsor has agreed (a) to waive its redemption rights with respect to its Founder Shares, Placement Shares and Public Shares held by it in connection with the completion of a Business Combination and (b) not to propose an amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (i) that would affect the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of its Public Shares if the Company does not complete a Business Combination or (ii) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-business combination activity, unless the Company provides the Public Stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their Public Shares in conjunction with any such amendment.

The Company has until April 9, 2020 to consummate a Business Combination (the “Combination Period”). If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination by the end of the Combination Period, the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay franchise and income taxes (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish Public Stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the Company’s remaining stockholders and the Company’s board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to the Company’s obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to the Company’s warrants, which will expire worthless if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period.

The Sponsor has agreed to waive its liquidation rights with respect to the Founder Shares and Placement Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. However, if the Sponsor acquires Public Shares in or after the Initial Public Offering, such Public Shares will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. The underwriters have agreed to waive their rights to their deferred underwriting commission (see Note 6) held in the Trust Account in the event the Company does not complete a Business Combination within in the Combination Period and, in such event, such amounts will be included with the other funds held in the Trust Account that will be available to fund the redemption of the Public Shares. In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the assets remaining available for distribution will be less than $10.00 per share.

In order to protect the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Sponsor has agreed to be liable to the Company if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to the Company, or a prospective target business with which the Company has discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below (i) $10.00 per share or (ii) the actual amount per Public Share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account, if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets. This liability will not apply with respect to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account or to any claims under the Company’s indemnity of the underwriters of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, the Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. The Company will seek to reduce the possibility that the Sponsor will have to indemnify the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers (except for the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses or other entities with which the Company does business, execute agreements with the Company waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account.

Liquidity and Going Concern

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had a cash balance of approximately $142,000 and a working capital deficit of approximately $5,419,000. In addition, the Company had $224,016,036 in the Trust Account, which includes interest income of approximately $4,016,000 from the Company’s investments in the Trust Account which is available to the Company to pay its tax obligations.

The Company intends to use substantially all of the funds held in the Trust Account, including any amounts representing interest earned on the Trust Account (less taxes payable and deferred underwriting commissions) to complete its initial Business Combination. To the extent necessary, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or certain of the Company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required, up to $1,500,000. Such loans may be convertible into units of the post Business Combination entity at a price of $10.00 per unit. The units would be identical to the Placement Units (see Note 5).

If the Company’s estimates of the costs of identifying a target business, undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating a Business Combination are less than the actual amount necessary to do so, the Company may have insufficient funds available to operate its business prior to a Business Combination. Moreover, the Company may need to obtain additional financing either to complete a Business Combination or because it becomes obligated to redeem a significant number of its Public Shares upon completion of a Business Combination, in which case the Company may issue additional securities or incur debt in connection with such Business Combination.

In connection with the Company’s assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with Financial Accounting Standard Board’s Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-15, “Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern,” management has determined that the working capital deficit and mandatory liquidation and subsequent dissolution raises substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. No adjustments have been made to the carrying amounts of assets or liabilities should the Company be required to liquidate after April 9, 2020.

XML

INCOME TAX (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2019

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities [Table Text Block]

	December 31, 2019			December 31, 2018
Deferred tax asset
Organizational costs/Startup expenses	$	1,406,205		$	42,501
Total deferred tax asset		1,406,205			42,501
Valuation allowance		(1,406,205	)		(42,501	)
Deferred tax asset, net of allowance	$	—		$	—

Schedule of Components of Income Tax Expense (Benefit) [Table Text Block]

	Year Ended December 31, 2019			For the Period from May 21, 2018 (inception) Through December 31, 2018
Federal
Current	$	843,156		$	217,377
Deferred		(1,363,704	)		(42,501	)
State
Current	$	—		$	—
Deferred		—			—
Change in valuation allowance		1,363,704			42,501
Income tax provision	$	843,156		$	217,377

Schedule of Effective Income Tax Rate Reconciliation [Table Text Block]

	Year Ended December 31, 2019			May 21, 2018 (inception) Through December 31, 2018
Statutory federal income tax rate		21.0	%		21.0	%
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit			%		0.0	%
Change in valuation allowance		(55.0	)%		5.1	%
Income tax provision		(34.0	)%		26.1	%

XML

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Details) - Calculation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share - USD ($)	7 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2019
Numerator: Earnings allocable to Redeemable Common Stock
Interest Income	$ 1,158,467	$ 4,664,912
Income and Franchise Tax	(340,715)	(1,493,035)
Net Earnings	$ 817,752	$ 3,171,877
Denominator: Weighted Average Redeemable Common Stock
Redeemable Common Stock, Basic and Diluted (in Shares)	21,654,321	22,000,000
Earnings/Basic and Diluted Redeemable Common Stock (in Dollars per share)	$ 0.04	$ 0.14
Numerator: Net Loss minus Redeemable Net Earnings
Net (Loss) Income	$ 615,364	$ (3,321,949)
Redeemable Net Earnings	(817,752)	(3,171,877)
Non-Redeemable Net Loss	$ (202,388)	$ (6,493,826)
Denominator: Weighted Average Non-Redeemable Common Stock
Non-Redeemable Common Stock, Basic and Diluted (in Shares)	5,733,422	6,140,000
Loss/Basic and Diluted Non-Redeemable Common Stock (in Dollars per share)	$ (0.04)	$ (1.06)

XML

COMMITMENTS (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018
Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]
Registration rights, description	Notwithstanding the foregoing, the underwriters may not exercise their demand and “piggyback” registration rights after five (5) and seven (7) years after the effective date of the registration statement and may not exercise their demand rights on more than one occasion. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.
Underwriting commitments, description	The Company granted the underwriters a 45-day option to purchase up to 3,000,000 additional Units to cover over-allotments at the Initial Public Offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. On October 25, 2018, the underwriters elected to partially exercise their over-allotment option to purchase 2,000,000 Units at a purchase price of $10.00 per Unit. In connection with the closing of the Initial Public Offering and the over-allotment option, the underwriters were paid a cash underwriting discount $4,400,000. In addition, the underwriters are entitled to a deferred fee of $0.35 per Unit, or $7,700,000 in the aggregate. The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that the Company completes a Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement. Merger Agreement On November 13, 2019, the Company, Merger Sub 1 and Merger Sub 2 (collectively, the “ChaSerg Parties”) entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with Grid Dynamics and Automated Systems Holdings Limited (“ASL”), a company incorporated in Bermuda with limited liability, solely in its capacity as representative of the stockholders of Grid Dynamics immediately prior to the consummation of the business combination. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, (i) Merger Sub 1 will be merged with and into Grid Dynamics, with Grid Dynamics surviving the merger on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement (the “Initial Merger”), and (ii) as part of the same overall transaction, immediately following the Initial Merger, Grid Dynamics will be merged with and into Merger Sub 2, with Merger Sub 2 surviving on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement (the “Second Step Merger” and, together with the Initial Merger, the “Mergers”). The purchase price will be paid to Grid Dynamics stockholders as of immediately prior to the consummation of the Business Combination in a combination of stock and cash consideration. The aggregate merger consideration (the “Merger Consideration”) to be paid pursuant to the Merger Agreement will be an amount equal to: (i) $130,000,000, subject to certain reductions (the “Cash Consideration”) and (ii) 25,523,810 shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock (the “Share Consideration”). The Cash Consideration is subject to reduction in an amount equal to: $13,500,000 multiplied by (x) the balance of the trust account (the “Trust Account”) established by the Company for the benefit of its public stockholders as at the date of the signing of the Merger Agreement minus the Available Parent Cash, divided by (y) 30% of the Trust Account balance as at the date of the signing of the Merger Agreement, where such adjustment amount can be no more than $13,500,000 and no less than $0, and is offset by an equivalent increase in the Share Consideration. The Share Consideration is subject to customary adjustment at closing by an amount of shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock to account for changes in working capital, indebtedness and excess cash. Excess cash also includes an adjustment mechanism for funds that are used between signing and closing for specified acquisitions. The Share Consideration is also subject to adjustment for earnings before income taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) performance targets, whereby the Share Consideration is reduced by $1,500,000 for every $100,000 by which the estimated total EBITDA in 2019 is below $23,800,000. The post-closing adjustment of the Share Consideration is capped at 857,143 shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock which will be placed in escrow at closing. The obligations of the parties to consummate the Merger are subject to various conditions, including, among other things: (i) the approval of Grid Dynamics’s stockholders; (ii) the approval of the Company’s stockholders at a special meeting of the Company’s stockholders; (iii) the approval of the shareholders of ASL, including Teamsun Technology (HK) Limited (“Teamsun HK”), a company listed on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (“HKEX”); (iv) the approval of the shareholders of Beijing Teamsun Technology Co. Ltd.
Underwriting discount	$ 4,400,000
Sale of stock, per unit	$ 0.35
Deferred underwriting fees	$ 7,700,000	$ 7,700,000
Business combination, description	The aggregate merger consideration (the “Merger Consideration”) to be paid pursuant to the Merger Agreement will be an amount equal to: (i) $130,000,000, subject to certain reductions (the “Cash Consideration”) and (ii) 25,523,810 shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock (the “Share Consideration”). The Cash Consideration is subject to reduction in an amount equal to: $13,500,000 multiplied by (x) the balance of the trust account (the “Trust Account”) established by the Company for the benefit of its public stockholders as at the date of the signing of the Merger Agreement minus the Available Parent Cash, divided by (y) 30% of the Trust Account balance as at the date of the signing of the Merger Agreement, where such adjustment amount can be no more than $13,500,000 and no less than $0, and is offset by an equivalent increase in the Share Consideration. The Share Consideration is subject to customary adjustment at closing by an amount of shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock to account for changes in working capital, indebtedness and excess cash. Excess cash also includes an adjustment mechanism for funds that are used between signing and closing for specified acquisitions. The Share Consideration is also subject to adjustment for earnings before income taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) performance targets, whereby the Share Consideration is reduced by $1,500,000 for every $100,000 by which the estimated total EBITDA in 2019 is below $23,800,000. The post-closing adjustment of the Share Consideration is capped at 857,143 shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock which will be placed in escrow at closing.
Business combination net tangible assets	$ 5,000,001
Business combination cash and cash equivalents, percentage	70.00%

XML

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2019

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Significant Accounting Policies [Text Block]

NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements are presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC.

Principles of consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Emerging Growth Company

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.

Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future events. Accordingly, the actual results could differ significantly from the Company’s estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company did not have any cash equivalents as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.

Common Stock Subject to Possible Redemption  

The Company accounts for its common stock subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Common stock subject to mandatory redemption is classified as a liability instrument and is measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable common stock (including common stock that features redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) is classified as temporary equity. At all other times, common stock is classified as stockholders’ equity. The Company’s common stock, sold in the Public Offering, features certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of the Company’s control and subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. The shares of common stock sold in the private placements do not contain these rights. Accordingly, at December 31, 2019 and 2018, 20,589,710 and 20,921,905 shares of common stock subject to possible redemption, respectively, are presented as temporary equity, outside of the stockholders’ equity section of the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

Offering Costs

Offering costs consist of legal, accounting, underwriting fees and other costs incurred through the balance sheet date that are directly related to the Initial Public Offering. Offering costs amounting to $12,821,311 were charged to stockholders’ equity upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering.

Income Taxes

The Company follows the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes under ASC 740, “Income Taxes.” Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statements carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that included the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. There were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penalties as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position. The Company is subject to income tax examinations by major taxing authorities since inception.

Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share

Net income (loss) per common share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. The Company has not considered the effect of warrants sold in the Initial Public Offering and private placement to purchase 11,320,000 shares of Class A common stock in the calculation of diluted income (loss) per share, since the exercise of the warrants are contingent upon the occurrence of future events and the inclusion of such warrants would be anti-dilutive.

The Company’s statement of operations includes a presentation of income (loss) per share for common shares subject to redemption in a manner similar to the two-class method of income per share. Net income per common share, basic and diluted for Class A redeemable common stock is calculated by dividing the interest income earned on the Trust Account (net of applicable franchise and income taxes of approximately $1,493,000 and $341,000 for the year ended December 31, 2019 and for the period from May 21, 2018 (inception) through December 31, 2018, respectively), by the weighted average number of Class A redeemable common stock outstanding during the period. Net loss per common share, basic and diluted for Class A and Class B non-redeemable common stock is calculated by dividing the net income (loss), less income attributable to Class A redeemable common stock, by the weighted average number of Class A and Class B non-redeemable common stock outstanding for the period. Class A and Class B non-redeemable common stock includes the Founder Shares and the Placement Units as these shares do not have any redemption features and do not participate in the income earned on the Trust Account.

The following table reflects the calculation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share:

	Year Ended December 31,  2019			For the Period from May 21, 2018 (inception) Through December 31, 2018
Redeemable Common Stock
Numerator: Earnings allocable to Redeemable Common Stock
Interest Income	$	4,664,912		$	1,158,467
Income and Franchise Tax	$	(1,493,035	)	$	(340,715	)
Net Earnings	$	3,171,877		$	817,752
Denominator: Weighted Average Redeemable Common Stock
Redeemable Common Stock, Basic and Diluted		22,000,000			21,654,321
Earnings/Basic and Diluted Redeemable Common Stock	$	0.14		$	0.04
Non-Redeemable Common Stock
Numerator: Net Loss minus Redeemable Net Earnings
Net (Loss) Income	$	(3,321,949	)	$	615,364
Redeemable Net Earnings	$	(3,171,877	)	$	(817,752	)
Non-Redeemable Net Loss	$	(6,493,826	)	$	(202,388	)
Denominator: Weighted Average Non-Redeemable Common Stock
Non-Redeemable Common Stock, Basic and Diluted (1)		6,140,000			5,733,422
Loss/Basic and Diluted Non-Redeemable Common Stock	$	(1.06	)	$	(0.04	)

Note: As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, basic and diluted shares are the same as there are no securities that are dilutive to the Company’s common stockholders.

(1) The weighted average non-redeemable common stock for the year ended December 31, 2019 includes the effect of 717,500 Private Units, which were issued in conjunction with the initial public offering on February 11, 2019.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist of a cash account in a financial institution which, at times may exceed the Federal Depository Insurance Coverage of $250,000. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company has not experienced losses on this account and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such account.

Financial Instruments

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, primarily due to their short-term nature.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting pronouncements, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  

XML

Document And Entity Information - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2019	Mar. 04, 2020	Jun. 30, 2019
Document Information Line Items
Entity Registrant Name	CHASERG TECHNOLOGY ACQUISITION CORP.
Trading Symbol	CTAC
Document Type	10-K
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Entity Public Float			$ 220,880,000
Amendment Flag	false
Entity Central Index Key	0001743725
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Filer Category	Accelerated Filer
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Document Period End Date	Dec. 31, 2019
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2019
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Entity Small Business	true
Entity Emerging Growth Company	true
Entity Shell Company	true
Entity Ex Transition Period	false
Document Annual Report	true
Document Transition Report	false
Entity File Number	001-38685
Entity Incorporation, State or Country Code	DE
Entity Tax Identification Number	83-0632724
Entity Address, Address Line One	7660 Fay Avenue
Entity Address, Address Line Two	Suite H
Entity Address, Address Line Three	Unit 339
Entity Address, City or Town	La Jolla
Entity Address, State or Province	CA
Entity Address, Postal Zip Code	92037
City Area Code	619
Local Phone Number	736-6855
Title of 12(b) Security	Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share
Security Exchange Name	NASDAQ
Entity Interactive Data Current	Yes
Common Class A [Member]
Document Information Line Items
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		22,640,000
Common Class B [Member]
Document Information Line Items
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		5,500,000

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY - USD ($)	Additional Paid-in Capital [Member]	Retained Earnings [Member]	Common Class A [Member]	Common Class B [Member]	Total
Balance at May. 20, 2018
Balance (in Shares) at May. 20, 2018
Issuance of Founder Shares to Sponsor	24,425			$ 575	25,000
Issuance of Founder Shares to Sponsor (in Shares)				5,750,000
Sale of 22,000,000 Units, net of underwriting discounts and offering expenses	207,176,489		$ 2,200		207,178,689
Sale of 22,000,000 Units, net of underwriting discounts and offering expenses (in Shares)			22,000,000
Sale of 640,000 Private Units	6,399,936		$ 64		$ 6,400,000
Sale of 640,000 Private Units (in Shares)			640,000		22,000,000
Forfeiture of Founder Shares	25			$ (25)
Forfeiture of Founder Shares (in Shares)				(250,000)
Common stock subject to possible redemption	(209,216,958)		$ (2,092)		(209,219,050)
Common stock subject to possible redemption (in Shares)			(20,921,905)
Net income(loss)		615,364			615,364
Balance at Dec. 31, 2018	4,383,917	615,364	$ 172	$ 550	5,000,003
Balance (in Shares) at Dec. 31, 2018			1,718,095	5,500,000
Net income(loss)		(3,321,949)			(3,321,949)
Change in value of common stock subject to possible redemption	3,321,917		$ 33		3,321,950
Change in value of common stock subject to possible redemption (in Shares)			332,195
Balance at Dec. 31, 2019	$ 7,705,834	$ (2,706,585)	$ 205	$ 550	$ 5,000,004
Balance (in Shares) at Dec. 31, 2019			2,050,290	5,500,000

XML

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Details) - Schedule of fair value hierarchy of the valuation inputs	Dec. 31, 2019 USD ($)
Fair Value, Inputs, Level 1 [Member]
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Marketable securities held in Trust Account – U.S. Treasury Securities Money Market Fund	$ 224,015,369

XML

INCOME TAX (Details) - Schedule of deferred tax assets - USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018
Deferred tax asset
Organizational costs/Startup expenses	$ 1,406,205	$ 42,501
Total deferred tax asset	1,406,205	42,501
Valuation allowance	(1,406,205)	(42,501)
Deferred tax asset, net of allowance

XML

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2019

Related Party Transactions [Abstract]

Related Party Transactions Disclosure [Text Block]

NOTE 5. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Founder Shares

On May 30, 2018, the Sponsor purchased 5,750,000 shares (the “Founder Shares”) of the Company’s Class B common stock for an aggregate price of $25,000. The Founder Shares included an aggregate of up to 750,000 shares subject to forfeiture to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option was not exercised in full or in part, so that the Sponsor would own, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares after the Initial Public Offering (assuming the Sponsor did not purchase any Public Shares in the Initial Public Offering and excluding the Placement Units). As a result of the underwriters’ election to partially exercise their over-allotment option, 250,000 Founder Shares were forfeited and 500,000 Founder Shares are no longer subject to forfeiture.

The Founder Shares will automatically convert into Class A common stock upon consummation of a Business Combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to certain adjustments, as described in Note 7.

The Sponsor has agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of its Founder Shares until the earlier to occur of: (A) one year after the completion of a Business Combination or (B) subsequent to a Business Combination, (x) if the last sale price of the Class A common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after a Business Combination, or (y) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, capital stock exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of the Company’s stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of common stock for cash, securities or other property.

Related Party Advances

During year ended December 31, 2019, the Company’s Sponsor advanced an aggregate of $20,000 to be used for working capital purposes. The advances are non-interest bearing, unsecured and due on demand. Advances amounting to $20,000 were outstanding as of December 31, 2019.

Related Party Loans

On May 23, 2018, the Company issued a promissory note to the Sponsor, pursuant to which the Company borrowed an aggregate of $300,000 to cover expenses related to the Initial Public Offering (the “Promissory Note”). The Promissory Note was non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of March 31, 2019 or the completion of the Initial Public Offering. The Promissory Note was repaid upon the consummation of the Initial Public Offering on October 10, 2018.

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or certain of the Company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). If the Company completes a Business Combination, the Company would repay the Working Capital Loans out of the proceeds of the Trust Account released to the Company. Otherwise, the Working Capital Loans would be repaid only out of funds held outside the Trust Account. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such Working Capital Loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. The Working Capital Loans would either be repaid upon consummation of a Business Combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1,500,000 of such Working Capital Loans may be convertible into units of the post Business Combination entity at a price of $10.00 per unit. The units would be identical to the Placement Units.

Convertible Promissory Note – Related Party

In November 2019, the Company issued an unsecured convertible promissory note to the Sponsor, pursuant to which the Company borrowed an aggregate principal amount of $300,000. The note is non-interest bearing and payable upon the consummation of a Business Combination. The note may be converted upon consummation of a Business Combination into additional Private Units at a price of $10.00 per Unit (see below). As of December 31, 2019, there was $300,000 outstanding under the promissory note.

Administrative Support Agreement

The Company entered into an agreement whereby, commencing on October 10, 2018 through the earlier of the Company’s consummation of a Business Combination and its liquidation, to pay an affiliate of the Sponsor a total of $15,000 per month for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support. For the year ended December 31, 2019 and for the period from May 21, 2018 (inception) through December 31, 2018, the Company incurred $180,000 and $30,000 in fees for these services, respectively. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, $75,000 and $30,000 of such fees is included in accounts payable and accrued expenses in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, respectively.

XML

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2019

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Fair Value Measurement and Measurement Inputs, Recurring and Nonrecurring [Text Block]

NOTE 9. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The Company classifies its U. S. Treasury and equivalent securities as held-to-maturity in accordance with ASC 320 “Investments - Debt and Equity Securities.” Held-to-maturity securities are those securities which the Company has the ability and intent to hold until maturity. Held-to-maturity treasury securities are recorded at amortized cost on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and adjusted for the amortization or accretion of premiums or discounts.

At December 31, 2019, assets held in the Trust Account were comprised of $667 in cash and $224,015,369 in money market funds which are invested in U.S Treasury Securities. At December 31, 2018, assets held in the Trust Account were comprised of $24,616 in cash and $221,133,851 in U.S. Treasury Bills. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company withdrew $1,807,343 of interest income from the Trust account to pay its franchise and income tax obligations.

The fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities reflects management’s estimate of amounts that the Company would have received in connection with the sale of the assets or paid in connection with the transfer of the liabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In connection with measuring the fair value of its assets and liabilities, the Company seeks to maximize the use of observable inputs (market data obtained from independent sources) and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs (internal assumptions about how market participants would price assets and liabilities). The following fair value hierarchy is used to classify assets and liabilities based on the observable inputs and unobservable inputs used in order to value the assets and liabilities:

Level 1:	Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. An active market for an asset or liability is a market in which transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.
Level 2:	Observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs. Examples of Level 2 inputs include quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities and quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.
Level 3:	Unobservable inputs based on our assessment of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

The following table presents information about the Company’s assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2019 and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation inputs the Company utilized to determine such fair value:

Description	Level	December 31, 2019
Assets:
Marketable securities held in Trust Account – U.S. Treasury Securities Money Market Fund	1	$	224,015,369

The gross holding losses and fair value of held-to-maturity securities at December 31, 2018 are as follows:

	Held-To-Maturity	Amortized Cost		Gross Holding Losses			Fair Value
December 31, 2018	U.S. Treasury Securities (Mature on 4/11/2019)	$	110,548,511	$	(11,025	)	$	110,537,486
December 31, 2018	U.S. Treasury Securities (Mature on 4/4/2019)	$	110,585,340	$	(6,208	)	$	110,579,132